1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /** 414 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 415 * 416 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 417 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 418 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 419 * 420 * @types_mask: interface types mask 421 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 422 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 423 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 424 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 425 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 426 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 427 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 428 */ 429 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 430 u16 types_mask; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 432 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 433 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 434 struct { 435 const u8 *data; 436 unsigned int len; 437 } vendor_elems; 438 }; 439 440 /** 441 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 442 * 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 451 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 455 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 457 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 459 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 460 */ 461 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 472 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 473 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 478 * 479 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 480 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 481 * 482 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 483 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 484 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 485 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 486 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 487 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 488 */ 489 struct ieee80211_edmg { 490 u8 channels; 491 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 492 }; 493 494 /** 495 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 496 * 497 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 498 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 499 * 500 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 501 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 502 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 503 */ 504 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 505 bool s1g; 506 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 507 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 512 * 513 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 514 * is able to operate in. 515 * 516 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. 518 * @band: the band this structure represents 519 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 520 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 521 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 522 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 523 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 524 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 525 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 527 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 528 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 529 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 530 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 531 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 532 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 533 * iftype_data). 534 */ 535 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 536 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 537 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 538 enum nl80211_band band; 539 int n_channels; 540 int n_bitrates; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 543 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 544 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 545 u16 n_iftype_data; 546 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 547 }; 548 549 /** 550 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 551 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 552 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 553 * 554 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 555 */ 556 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 557 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 558 u8 iftype) 559 { 560 int i; 561 562 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 563 return NULL; 564 565 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 566 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 567 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 568 569 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 570 return data; 571 } 572 573 return NULL; 574 } 575 576 /** 577 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 578 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 579 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 580 * 581 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 582 */ 583 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 584 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 585 u8 iftype) 586 { 587 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 588 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 589 590 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 591 return &data->he_cap; 592 593 return NULL; 594 } 595 596 /** 597 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 598 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 599 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 600 * 601 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 602 */ 603 static inline __le16 604 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 605 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 606 { 607 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 608 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 609 610 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 611 return 0; 612 613 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 614 } 615 616 /** 617 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 618 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 619 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 620 * 621 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 622 */ 623 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 624 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 625 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 626 { 627 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 628 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 629 630 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 631 return &data->eht_cap; 632 633 return NULL; 634 } 635 636 /** 637 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 638 * 639 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 640 * 641 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 642 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 643 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 644 * 645 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 646 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 647 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 648 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 649 * without affecting other devices. 650 * 651 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 652 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 653 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 654 */ 655 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 656 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 657 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 658 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 659 { 660 } 661 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 662 663 664 /* 665 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 666 */ 667 668 /** 669 * DOC: Actions and configuration 670 * 671 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 672 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 673 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 674 * operations use are described separately. 675 * 676 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 677 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 678 * 679 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 680 * in a separate chapter. 681 */ 682 683 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 684 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 685 686 /** 687 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 688 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 689 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 690 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 691 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 692 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 693 * determine the address as needed. 694 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 695 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 696 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 697 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 698 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 699 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 700 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 701 */ 702 struct vif_params { 703 u32 flags; 704 int use_4addr; 705 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 706 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 707 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 708 }; 709 710 /** 711 * struct key_params - key information 712 * 713 * Information about a key 714 * 715 * @key: key material 716 * @key_len: length of key material 717 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 718 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 719 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 720 * length given by @seq_len. 721 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 722 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 723 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 724 */ 725 struct key_params { 726 const u8 *key; 727 const u8 *seq; 728 int key_len; 729 int seq_len; 730 u16 vlan_id; 731 u32 cipher; 732 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 733 }; 734 735 /** 736 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 737 * @chan: the (control) channel 738 * @width: channel width 739 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 740 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 741 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 742 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 743 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 744 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 745 * parameters are ignored. 746 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 747 */ 748 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 749 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 750 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 751 u32 center_freq1; 752 u32 center_freq2; 753 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 754 u16 freq1_offset; 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 759 */ 760 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 761 struct { 762 u32 legacy; 763 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 764 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 765 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 766 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 767 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 768 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 769 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 770 }; 771 772 773 /** 774 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 775 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 776 * of the peer. 777 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 778 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 779 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 780 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 781 * @retry_long: retry count value 782 * @retry_short: retry count value 783 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 784 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 785 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 786 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 787 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 788 */ 789 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 790 bool config_override; 791 u8 tids; 792 u64 mask; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 794 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 796 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 797 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 798 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 799 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 800 }; 801 802 /** 803 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 804 * @peer: Station's MAC address 805 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 806 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 807 */ 808 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 809 const u8 *peer; 810 u32 n_tid_conf; 811 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 812 }; 813 814 /** 815 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 816 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 817 * @kek: FILS KEK 818 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 819 * @snonce: STA Nonce 820 * @anonce: AP Nonce 821 */ 822 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 823 const u8 *macaddr; 824 const u8 *kek; 825 u8 kek_len; 826 const u8 *snonce; 827 const u8 *anonce; 828 }; 829 830 /** 831 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 832 * @chandef: the channel definition 833 * 834 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 835 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 836 */ 837 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 838 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 839 { 840 switch (chandef->width) { 841 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 842 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 843 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 844 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 845 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 846 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 847 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 848 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 849 default: 850 WARN_ON(1); 851 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 852 } 853 } 854 855 /** 856 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 857 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 858 * @channel: the control channel 859 * @chantype: the channel type 860 * 861 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 862 */ 863 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 864 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 865 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 866 867 /** 868 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 869 * @chandef1: first channel definition 870 * @chandef2: second channel definition 871 * 872 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 873 * identical, %false otherwise. 874 */ 875 static inline bool 876 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 877 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 878 { 879 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 880 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 881 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 882 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 883 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 884 } 885 886 /** 887 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 888 * 889 * @chandef: the channel definition 890 * 891 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 892 */ 893 static inline bool 894 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 895 { 896 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 897 } 898 899 /** 900 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 901 * @chandef1: first channel definition 902 * @chandef2: second channel definition 903 * 904 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 905 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 906 */ 907 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 908 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 909 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 910 911 /** 912 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 913 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 914 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 915 */ 916 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 917 918 /** 919 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 920 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 921 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 922 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 923 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 924 */ 925 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 926 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 927 u32 prohibited_flags); 928 929 /** 930 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 931 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 932 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 933 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 934 * Returns: 935 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 936 */ 937 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 938 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 939 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 940 941 /** 942 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 943 * @width: the channel width of the channel 944 * 945 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 946 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 947 * 948 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 949 */ 950 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 951 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 952 { 953 switch (width) { 954 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 955 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 956 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 957 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 958 default: 959 break; 960 } 961 return 0; 962 } 963 964 /** 965 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 966 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 967 * 968 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 969 * 970 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 971 */ 972 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 973 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 974 { 975 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 976 } 977 978 /** 979 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 980 * 981 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 982 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 983 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 984 * 985 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 986 * 987 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 988 */ 989 static inline int 990 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 991 { 992 switch (chandef->width) { 993 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 994 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 995 chandef->chan->max_power); 996 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 997 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 998 chandef->chan->max_power); 999 default: 1000 break; 1001 } 1002 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1003 } 1004 1005 /** 1006 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1007 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1008 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1009 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1010 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1011 */ 1012 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1013 unsigned long band_mask, 1014 u32 prohibited_flags); 1015 1016 /** 1017 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1018 * 1019 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1020 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1021 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1022 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1023 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1024 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1025 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1026 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1027 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1028 * 1029 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1030 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1031 */ 1032 enum survey_info_flags { 1033 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1034 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1035 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1036 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1037 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1038 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1039 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1040 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1041 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1042 }; 1043 1044 /** 1045 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1046 * 1047 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1048 * record to report global statistics 1049 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1050 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1051 * optional 1052 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1053 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1054 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1055 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1056 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1057 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1058 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1059 * 1060 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1061 * 1062 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1063 * channel duty cycle etc. 1064 */ 1065 struct survey_info { 1066 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1067 u64 time; 1068 u64 time_busy; 1069 u64 time_ext_busy; 1070 u64 time_rx; 1071 u64 time_tx; 1072 u64 time_scan; 1073 u64 time_bss_rx; 1074 u32 filled; 1075 s8 noise; 1076 }; 1077 1078 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 1079 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1080 1081 /** 1082 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1083 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1084 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1085 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1086 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1087 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1088 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1089 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1090 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1091 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1092 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1093 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1094 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1095 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1096 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1097 * protocol frames. 1098 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1099 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1100 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1101 * port for mac80211 1102 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 1103 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 1104 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 1105 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1106 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1107 * offload) 1108 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1109 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1110 * 1111 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1112 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1113 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1114 * such a scenario. 1115 * 1116 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1117 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1118 * 1119 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1120 * Allow hash-to-element only 1121 * 1122 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1123 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1124 */ 1125 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1126 u32 wpa_versions; 1127 u32 cipher_group; 1128 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1129 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1130 int n_akm_suites; 1131 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1132 bool control_port; 1133 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1134 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1135 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1136 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1137 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1138 int wep_tx_key; 1139 const u8 *psk; 1140 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1141 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1142 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1143 }; 1144 1145 /** 1146 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1147 * 1148 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1149 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1150 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1151 */ 1152 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1153 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1154 u8 index; 1155 bool ema; 1156 }; 1157 1158 /** 1159 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1160 * 1161 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1162 * 1163 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1164 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1165 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1166 */ 1167 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1168 u8 cnt; 1169 struct { 1170 const u8 *data; 1171 size_t len; 1172 } elem[]; 1173 }; 1174 1175 /** 1176 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1177 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1178 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1179 * or %NULL if not changed 1180 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1181 * or %NULL if not changed 1182 * @head_len: length of @head 1183 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1184 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1185 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1186 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1187 * frames or %NULL 1188 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1189 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1190 * Response frames or %NULL 1191 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1192 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1193 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1194 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1195 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1196 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1197 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1198 * (measurement type 8) 1199 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1200 * Token (measurement type 11) 1201 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1202 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1203 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1204 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1205 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1206 */ 1207 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1208 unsigned int link_id; 1209 1210 const u8 *head, *tail; 1211 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1212 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1213 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1214 const u8 *probe_resp; 1215 const u8 *lci; 1216 const u8 *civicloc; 1217 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1218 s8 ftm_responder; 1219 1220 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1221 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1222 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1223 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1224 size_t probe_resp_len; 1225 size_t lci_len; 1226 size_t civicloc_len; 1227 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1228 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1229 }; 1230 1231 struct mac_address { 1232 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1233 }; 1234 1235 /** 1236 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1237 * 1238 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1239 * entry specified by mac_addr 1240 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1241 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1242 */ 1243 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1244 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1245 int n_acl_entries; 1246 1247 /* Keep it last */ 1248 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1249 }; 1250 1251 /** 1252 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1253 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1254 * 1255 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1256 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1257 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1258 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1259 * frame headers. 1260 */ 1261 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1262 u32 min_interval; 1263 u32 max_interval; 1264 size_t tmpl_len; 1265 const u8 *tmpl; 1266 }; 1267 1268 /** 1269 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1270 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1271 * 1272 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1273 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1274 * scanning 1275 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1276 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1277 */ 1278 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1279 u32 interval; 1280 size_t tmpl_len; 1281 const u8 *tmpl; 1282 }; 1283 1284 /** 1285 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1286 * 1287 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1288 * 1289 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1290 * @beacon: beacon data 1291 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1292 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1293 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1294 * user space) 1295 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1296 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1297 * @crypto: crypto settings 1298 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1299 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1300 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1301 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1302 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1303 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1304 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1305 * MAC address based access control 1306 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1307 * networks. 1308 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1309 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1310 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1311 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1312 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1313 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1314 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1315 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1316 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1317 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1318 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1319 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1320 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1321 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1322 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1323 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1324 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1325 */ 1326 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1327 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1328 1329 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1330 1331 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1332 const u8 *ssid; 1333 size_t ssid_len; 1334 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1335 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1336 bool privacy; 1337 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1338 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1339 int inactivity_timeout; 1340 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1341 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1342 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1343 bool pbss; 1344 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1345 1346 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1347 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1348 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1349 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1350 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1351 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1352 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1353 bool twt_responder; 1354 u32 flags; 1355 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1356 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1357 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1358 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1359 }; 1360 1361 /** 1362 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1363 * 1364 * Used for channel switch 1365 * 1366 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1367 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1368 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1369 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1370 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1371 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1372 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1373 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1374 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1375 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1376 */ 1377 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1378 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1379 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1380 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1381 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1382 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1383 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1384 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1385 bool radar_required; 1386 bool block_tx; 1387 u8 count; 1388 }; 1389 1390 /** 1391 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1392 * 1393 * Used for bss color change 1394 * 1395 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1396 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1397 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1398 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1399 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1400 * @color: the color used after the change 1401 */ 1402 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1403 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1404 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1405 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1406 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1407 u8 count; 1408 u8 color; 1409 }; 1410 1411 /** 1412 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1413 * 1414 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1415 * 1416 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1417 * to use for verification 1418 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1419 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1420 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1421 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1422 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1423 * nl80211_iftype. 1424 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1425 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1426 * the verification 1427 */ 1428 struct iface_combination_params { 1429 int num_different_channels; 1430 u8 radar_detect; 1431 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1432 u32 new_beacon_int; 1433 }; 1434 1435 /** 1436 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1437 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1438 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1439 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1440 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA 1441 * 1442 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1443 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1444 */ 1445 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1446 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1447 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1448 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1449 }; 1450 1451 /** 1452 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1453 * 1454 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1455 * 1456 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1457 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1458 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1459 * power per-interface or per-station. 1460 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1461 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1462 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1463 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1464 * per peer TPC. 1465 */ 1466 struct sta_txpwr { 1467 s16 power; 1468 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1469 }; 1470 1471 /** 1472 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1473 * 1474 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1475 * 1476 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1477 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1478 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1479 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1480 * (or NULL for no change) 1481 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1482 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1483 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1484 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1485 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1486 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1487 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1488 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1489 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1490 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1491 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1492 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1493 */ 1494 struct link_station_parameters { 1495 const u8 *mld_mac; 1496 int link_id; 1497 const u8 *link_mac; 1498 const u8 *supported_rates; 1499 u8 supported_rates_len; 1500 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1501 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1502 u8 opmode_notif; 1503 bool opmode_notif_used; 1504 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1505 u8 he_capa_len; 1506 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1507 bool txpwr_set; 1508 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1509 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1510 u8 eht_capa_len; 1511 }; 1512 1513 /** 1514 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1515 * 1516 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1517 * 1518 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1519 * @link_id: the link id 1520 */ 1521 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1522 const u8 *mld_mac; 1523 u32 link_id; 1524 }; 1525 1526 /** 1527 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1528 * 1529 * Used to change and create a new station. 1530 * 1531 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1532 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1533 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1534 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1535 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1536 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1537 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1538 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1539 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1540 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1541 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1542 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1543 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1544 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1545 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1546 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1547 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1548 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1549 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1550 * to unknown) 1551 * @capability: station capability 1552 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1553 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1554 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1555 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1556 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1557 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1558 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1559 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1560 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1561 */ 1562 struct station_parameters { 1563 struct net_device *vlan; 1564 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1565 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1566 int listen_interval; 1567 u16 aid; 1568 u16 vlan_id; 1569 u16 peer_aid; 1570 u8 plink_action; 1571 u8 plink_state; 1572 u8 uapsd_queues; 1573 u8 max_sp; 1574 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1575 u16 capability; 1576 const u8 *ext_capab; 1577 u8 ext_capab_len; 1578 const u8 *supported_channels; 1579 u8 supported_channels_len; 1580 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1581 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1582 int support_p2p_ps; 1583 u16 airtime_weight; 1584 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1585 }; 1586 1587 /** 1588 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1589 * 1590 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1591 * 1592 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1593 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1594 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1595 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1596 */ 1597 struct station_del_parameters { 1598 const u8 *mac; 1599 u8 subtype; 1600 u16 reason_code; 1601 }; 1602 1603 /** 1604 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1605 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1606 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1607 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1608 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1609 * the AP MLME in the device 1610 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1611 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1612 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1613 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1614 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1615 * supported/used) 1616 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1617 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1618 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1619 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1620 */ 1621 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1622 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1623 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1624 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1625 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1626 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1627 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1628 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1629 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1630 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1631 }; 1632 1633 /** 1634 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1635 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1636 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1637 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1638 * 1639 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1640 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1641 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1642 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1643 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1644 */ 1645 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1646 struct station_parameters *params, 1647 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1648 1649 /** 1650 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1651 * 1652 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1653 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1654 * 1655 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1656 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1657 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1658 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1659 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1660 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1661 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1662 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1663 */ 1664 enum rate_info_flags { 1665 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1666 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1667 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1668 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1669 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1670 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1671 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1672 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1673 }; 1674 1675 /** 1676 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1677 * 1678 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1679 * 1680 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1681 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1682 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1683 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1684 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1685 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1686 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1687 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1688 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1689 */ 1690 enum rate_info_bw { 1691 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1692 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1693 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1694 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1695 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1696 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1697 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1698 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1699 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1700 }; 1701 1702 /** 1703 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1704 * 1705 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1706 * 1707 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1708 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1709 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1710 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1711 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1712 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1713 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1714 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1715 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1716 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1717 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1718 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1719 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1720 */ 1721 struct rate_info { 1722 u8 flags; 1723 u8 mcs; 1724 u16 legacy; 1725 u8 nss; 1726 u8 bw; 1727 u8 he_gi; 1728 u8 he_dcm; 1729 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1730 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1731 u8 eht_gi; 1732 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1733 }; 1734 1735 /** 1736 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1737 * 1738 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1739 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1740 * 1741 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1742 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1743 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1744 */ 1745 enum bss_param_flags { 1746 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1747 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1748 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1749 }; 1750 1751 /** 1752 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1753 * 1754 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1755 * 1756 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1757 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1758 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1759 */ 1760 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1761 u8 flags; 1762 u8 dtim_period; 1763 u16 beacon_interval; 1764 }; 1765 1766 /** 1767 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1768 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1769 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1770 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1771 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1772 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1773 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1774 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1775 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1776 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1777 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1778 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1779 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1780 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1781 */ 1782 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1783 u32 filled; 1784 u32 backlog_bytes; 1785 u32 backlog_packets; 1786 u32 flows; 1787 u32 drops; 1788 u32 ecn_marks; 1789 u32 overlimit; 1790 u32 overmemory; 1791 u32 collisions; 1792 u32 tx_bytes; 1793 u32 tx_packets; 1794 u32 max_flows; 1795 }; 1796 1797 /** 1798 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1799 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1800 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1801 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1802 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1803 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1804 * transmitted MSDUs 1805 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1806 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1807 */ 1808 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1809 u32 filled; 1810 u64 rx_msdu; 1811 u64 tx_msdu; 1812 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1813 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1814 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1815 }; 1816 1817 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1818 1819 /** 1820 * struct station_info - station information 1821 * 1822 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1823 * 1824 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1825 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1826 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1827 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1828 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1829 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1830 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1831 * @llid: mesh local link id 1832 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1833 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1834 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1835 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1836 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1837 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1838 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1839 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1840 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1841 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1842 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1843 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1844 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1845 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1846 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1847 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1848 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1849 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1850 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1851 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1852 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1853 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1854 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1855 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1856 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1857 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1858 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1859 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1860 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1861 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1862 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1863 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1864 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1865 * towards this station. 1866 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1867 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1868 * from this peer 1869 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1870 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1871 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1872 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1873 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1874 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1875 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1876 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1877 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1878 * been sent. 1879 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1880 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1881 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1882 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1883 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1884 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1885 */ 1886 struct station_info { 1887 u64 filled; 1888 u32 connected_time; 1889 u32 inactive_time; 1890 u64 assoc_at; 1891 u64 rx_bytes; 1892 u64 tx_bytes; 1893 u16 llid; 1894 u16 plid; 1895 u8 plink_state; 1896 s8 signal; 1897 s8 signal_avg; 1898 1899 u8 chains; 1900 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1901 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1902 1903 struct rate_info txrate; 1904 struct rate_info rxrate; 1905 u32 rx_packets; 1906 u32 tx_packets; 1907 u32 tx_retries; 1908 u32 tx_failed; 1909 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1910 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1911 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1912 1913 int generation; 1914 1915 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1916 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1917 1918 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1919 s64 t_offset; 1920 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1921 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1922 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1923 1924 u32 expected_throughput; 1925 1926 u64 tx_duration; 1927 u64 rx_duration; 1928 u64 rx_beacon; 1929 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1930 u8 connected_to_gate; 1931 1932 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1933 s8 ack_signal; 1934 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1935 1936 u16 airtime_weight; 1937 1938 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1939 u32 fcs_err_count; 1940 1941 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1942 1943 u8 connected_to_as; 1944 }; 1945 1946 /** 1947 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1948 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1949 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1950 */ 1951 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1952 s32 power; 1953 u32 freq_range_index; 1954 }; 1955 1956 /** 1957 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1958 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1959 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1960 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1961 */ 1962 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1963 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1964 u32 num_sub_specs; 1965 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1966 }; 1967 1968 1969 /** 1970 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1971 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1972 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1973 */ 1974 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1975 u32 start_freq; 1976 u32 end_freq; 1977 }; 1978 1979 /** 1980 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1981 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1982 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1983 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1984 * 1985 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1986 * range to small ones and then append them. 1987 */ 1988 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1989 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1990 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1991 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1992 }; 1993 1994 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1995 /** 1996 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1997 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1998 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1999 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2000 * 2001 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2002 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2003 * considered undefined. 2004 */ 2005 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2006 struct station_info *sinfo); 2007 #else 2008 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2009 const u8 *mac_addr, 2010 struct station_info *sinfo) 2011 { 2012 return -ENOENT; 2013 } 2014 #endif 2015 2016 /** 2017 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2018 * 2019 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2020 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2021 * 2022 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2023 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2024 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2025 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2026 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2027 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2028 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2029 */ 2030 enum monitor_flags { 2031 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2032 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2033 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2034 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2035 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2036 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2037 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2038 }; 2039 2040 /** 2041 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2042 * 2043 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2044 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2045 * 2046 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2047 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2048 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2049 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2050 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2051 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2052 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2053 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2054 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2055 */ 2056 enum mpath_info_flags { 2057 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2058 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2059 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2060 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2061 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2062 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2063 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2064 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2065 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2066 }; 2067 2068 /** 2069 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2070 * 2071 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2072 * 2073 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2074 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2075 * @sn: target sequence number 2076 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2077 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2078 * @flags: mesh path flags 2079 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2080 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2081 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2082 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2083 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2084 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2085 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2086 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2087 */ 2088 struct mpath_info { 2089 u32 filled; 2090 u32 frame_qlen; 2091 u32 sn; 2092 u32 metric; 2093 u32 exptime; 2094 u32 discovery_timeout; 2095 u8 discovery_retries; 2096 u8 flags; 2097 u8 hop_count; 2098 u32 path_change_count; 2099 2100 int generation; 2101 }; 2102 2103 /** 2104 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2105 * 2106 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2107 * 2108 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2109 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2110 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2111 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2112 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2113 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2114 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2115 * (or NULL for no change) 2116 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2117 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2118 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2119 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2120 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2121 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2122 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2123 */ 2124 struct bss_parameters { 2125 int use_cts_prot; 2126 int use_short_preamble; 2127 int use_short_slot_time; 2128 const u8 *basic_rates; 2129 u8 basic_rates_len; 2130 int ap_isolate; 2131 int ht_opmode; 2132 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2133 }; 2134 2135 /** 2136 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2137 * 2138 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2139 * 2140 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2141 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2142 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2143 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2144 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2145 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2146 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2147 * mesh interface 2148 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2149 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2150 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2151 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2152 * elements 2153 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2154 * detect compatible mesh peers 2155 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2156 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2157 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2158 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2159 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2160 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2161 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2162 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2163 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2164 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2165 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2166 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2167 * element 2168 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2169 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2170 * element 2171 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2172 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2173 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2174 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2175 * announcements are transmitted 2176 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2177 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2178 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2179 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2180 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2181 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2182 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2183 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2184 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2185 * station to establish a peer link 2186 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2187 * 2188 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2189 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2190 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2191 * 2192 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2193 * PREQs are transmitted. 2194 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2195 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2196 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2197 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2198 * setting for new peer links. 2199 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2200 * after transmitting its beacon. 2201 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2202 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2203 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2204 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2205 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2206 * in the mesh formation field. 2207 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2208 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2209 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2210 * in the mesh path table 2211 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2212 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2213 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2214 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2215 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2216 */ 2217 struct mesh_config { 2218 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2219 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2220 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2221 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2222 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2223 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2224 u8 element_ttl; 2225 bool auto_open_plinks; 2226 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2227 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2228 u32 path_refresh_time; 2229 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2230 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2231 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2232 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2233 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2234 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2235 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2236 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2237 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2238 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2239 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2240 s32 rssi_threshold; 2241 u16 ht_opmode; 2242 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2243 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2244 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2245 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2246 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2247 u32 plink_timeout; 2248 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2249 }; 2250 2251 /** 2252 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2253 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2254 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2255 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2256 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2257 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2258 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2259 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2260 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2261 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2262 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2263 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2264 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2265 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2266 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2267 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2268 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2269 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2270 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2271 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2272 * to operate on DFS channels. 2273 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2274 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2275 * 2276 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2277 */ 2278 struct mesh_setup { 2279 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2280 const u8 *mesh_id; 2281 u8 mesh_id_len; 2282 u8 sync_method; 2283 u8 path_sel_proto; 2284 u8 path_metric; 2285 u8 auth_id; 2286 const u8 *ie; 2287 u8 ie_len; 2288 bool is_authenticated; 2289 bool is_secure; 2290 bool user_mpm; 2291 u8 dtim_period; 2292 u16 beacon_interval; 2293 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2294 u32 basic_rates; 2295 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2296 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2297 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2298 }; 2299 2300 /** 2301 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2302 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2303 * 2304 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2305 */ 2306 struct ocb_setup { 2307 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2308 }; 2309 2310 /** 2311 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2312 * @ac: AC identifier 2313 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2314 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2315 * 1..32767] 2316 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2317 * 1..32767] 2318 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2319 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2320 */ 2321 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2322 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2323 u16 txop; 2324 u16 cwmin; 2325 u16 cwmax; 2326 u8 aifs; 2327 int link_id; 2328 }; 2329 2330 /** 2331 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2332 * 2333 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2334 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2335 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2336 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2337 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2338 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2339 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2340 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2341 * in the wiphy structure. 2342 * 2343 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2344 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2345 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2346 * 2347 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2348 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2349 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2350 * to userspace. 2351 */ 2352 2353 /** 2354 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2355 * @ssid: the SSID 2356 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2357 */ 2358 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2359 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2360 u8 ssid_len; 2361 }; 2362 2363 /** 2364 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2365 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2366 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2367 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2368 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2369 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2370 * userspace will be notified of that 2371 */ 2372 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2373 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2374 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2375 bool aborted; 2376 }; 2377 2378 /** 2379 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2380 * 2381 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2382 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2383 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2384 * which the above info relvant to 2385 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2386 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2387 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2388 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2389 */ 2390 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2391 u32 short_ssid; 2392 u32 channel_idx; 2393 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2394 bool unsolicited_probe; 2395 bool short_ssid_valid; 2396 bool psc_no_listen; 2397 }; 2398 2399 /** 2400 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2401 * 2402 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2403 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2404 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2405 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2406 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2407 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2408 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2409 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2410 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2411 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2412 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2413 * %duration field. 2414 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2415 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2416 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2417 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2418 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2419 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2420 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2421 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2422 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2423 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2424 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2425 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2426 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2427 * true if this is the second scan request 2428 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2429 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2430 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2431 */ 2432 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2433 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2434 int n_ssids; 2435 u32 n_channels; 2436 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2437 const u8 *ie; 2438 size_t ie_len; 2439 u16 duration; 2440 bool duration_mandatory; 2441 u32 flags; 2442 2443 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2444 2445 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2446 2447 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2448 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2449 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2450 2451 /* internal */ 2452 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2453 unsigned long scan_start; 2454 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2455 bool notified; 2456 bool no_cck; 2457 bool scan_6ghz; 2458 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2459 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2460 2461 /* keep last */ 2462 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2463 }; 2464 2465 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2466 { 2467 int i; 2468 2469 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2470 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2471 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2472 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2473 } 2474 } 2475 2476 /** 2477 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2478 * 2479 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2480 * or no match (RSSI only) 2481 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2482 * or no match (RSSI only) 2483 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2484 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2485 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2486 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2487 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2488 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2489 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2490 * corresponding matchset. 2491 */ 2492 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2493 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2494 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2495 s32 rssi_thold; 2496 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2497 }; 2498 2499 /** 2500 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2501 * 2502 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2503 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2504 * infinite loop. 2505 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2506 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2507 */ 2508 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2509 u32 interval; 2510 u32 iterations; 2511 }; 2512 2513 /** 2514 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2515 * 2516 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2517 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2518 */ 2519 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2520 enum nl80211_band band; 2521 s8 delta; 2522 }; 2523 2524 /** 2525 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2526 * 2527 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2528 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2529 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2530 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2531 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2532 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2533 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2534 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2535 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2536 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2537 * (others are filtered out). 2538 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2539 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2540 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2541 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2542 * @dev: the interface 2543 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2544 * @channels: channels to scan 2545 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2546 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2547 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2548 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2549 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2550 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2551 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2552 * index must be executed first. 2553 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2554 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2555 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2556 * owned by a particular socket) 2557 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2558 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2559 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2560 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2561 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2562 * supported. 2563 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2564 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2565 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2566 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2567 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2568 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2569 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2570 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2571 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2572 * comparisions. 2573 */ 2574 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2575 u64 reqid; 2576 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2577 int n_ssids; 2578 u32 n_channels; 2579 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2580 const u8 *ie; 2581 size_t ie_len; 2582 u32 flags; 2583 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2584 int n_match_sets; 2585 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2586 u32 delay; 2587 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2588 int n_scan_plans; 2589 2590 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2591 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2592 2593 bool relative_rssi_set; 2594 s8 relative_rssi; 2595 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2596 2597 /* internal */ 2598 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2599 struct net_device *dev; 2600 unsigned long scan_start; 2601 bool report_results; 2602 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2603 u32 owner_nlportid; 2604 bool nl_owner_dead; 2605 struct list_head list; 2606 2607 /* keep last */ 2608 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2609 }; 2610 2611 /** 2612 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2613 * 2614 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2615 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2616 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2617 */ 2618 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2619 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2620 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2621 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2622 }; 2623 2624 /** 2625 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2626 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2627 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2628 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2629 * signal type 2630 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2631 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2632 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2633 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2634 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2635 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2636 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2637 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2638 * by %parent_bssid. 2639 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2640 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2641 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2642 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2643 */ 2644 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2645 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2646 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2647 s32 signal; 2648 u64 boottime_ns; 2649 u64 parent_tsf; 2650 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2651 u8 chains; 2652 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2653 }; 2654 2655 /** 2656 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2657 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2658 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2659 * @len: length of the IEs 2660 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2661 * @data: IE data 2662 */ 2663 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2664 u64 tsf; 2665 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2666 int len; 2667 bool from_beacon; 2668 u8 data[]; 2669 }; 2670 2671 /** 2672 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2673 * 2674 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2675 * for use in scan results and similar. 2676 * 2677 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2678 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2679 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2680 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2681 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2682 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2683 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2684 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2685 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2686 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2687 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2688 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2689 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2690 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2691 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2692 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2693 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2694 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2695 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2696 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2697 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2698 * (multi-BSSID support) 2699 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2700 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2701 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2702 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2703 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2704 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2705 */ 2706 struct cfg80211_bss { 2707 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2708 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2709 2710 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2711 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2712 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2713 2714 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2715 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2716 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2717 2718 s32 signal; 2719 2720 u16 beacon_interval; 2721 u16 capability; 2722 2723 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2724 u8 chains; 2725 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2726 2727 u8 bssid_index; 2728 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2729 2730 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2731 }; 2732 2733 /** 2734 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2735 * @bss: the bss to search 2736 * @id: the element ID 2737 * 2738 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2739 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2740 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2741 */ 2742 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2743 2744 /** 2745 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2746 * @bss: the bss to search 2747 * @id: the element ID 2748 * 2749 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2750 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2751 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2752 */ 2753 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2754 { 2755 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2756 } 2757 2758 2759 /** 2760 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2761 * 2762 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2763 * authentication. 2764 * 2765 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2766 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2767 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2768 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2769 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2770 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2771 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2772 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2773 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2774 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2775 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2776 * transaction sequence number field. 2777 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2778 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2779 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2780 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2781 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2782 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2783 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2784 */ 2785 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2786 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2787 const u8 *ie; 2788 size_t ie_len; 2789 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2790 const u8 *key; 2791 u8 key_len; 2792 s8 key_idx; 2793 const u8 *auth_data; 2794 size_t auth_data_len; 2795 s8 link_id; 2796 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2797 }; 2798 2799 /** 2800 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2801 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2802 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2803 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2804 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2805 */ 2806 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2807 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2808 const u8 *elems; 2809 size_t elems_len; 2810 }; 2811 2812 /** 2813 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2814 * 2815 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2816 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2817 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2818 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2819 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2820 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2821 * request (connect callback). 2822 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2823 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2824 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2825 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2826 * flag is not set. 2827 */ 2828 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2829 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2830 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2831 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2832 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2833 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2834 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2835 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2836 }; 2837 2838 /** 2839 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2840 * 2841 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2842 * (re)association. 2843 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2844 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2845 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2846 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2847 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2848 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2849 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2850 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2851 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2852 * @crypto: crypto settings 2853 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2854 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2855 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2856 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2857 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2858 * frame. 2859 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2860 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2861 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2862 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2863 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2864 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2865 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2866 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2867 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2868 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2869 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2870 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2871 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2872 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2873 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 2874 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 2875 * the link on which the association request should be sent 2876 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 2877 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 2878 */ 2879 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2880 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2881 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2882 size_t ie_len; 2883 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2884 bool use_mfp; 2885 u32 flags; 2886 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2887 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2888 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2889 const u8 *fils_kek; 2890 size_t fils_kek_len; 2891 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2892 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2893 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2894 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2895 s8 link_id; 2896 }; 2897 2898 /** 2899 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2900 * 2901 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2902 * deauthentication. 2903 * 2904 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 2905 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2906 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2907 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2908 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2909 * do not set a deauth frame 2910 */ 2911 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2912 const u8 *bssid; 2913 const u8 *ie; 2914 size_t ie_len; 2915 u16 reason_code; 2916 bool local_state_change; 2917 }; 2918 2919 /** 2920 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2921 * 2922 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2923 * disassociation. 2924 * 2925 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 2926 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2927 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2928 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2929 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2930 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2931 */ 2932 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2933 const u8 *ap_addr; 2934 const u8 *ie; 2935 size_t ie_len; 2936 u16 reason_code; 2937 bool local_state_change; 2938 }; 2939 2940 /** 2941 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2942 * 2943 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2944 * method. 2945 * 2946 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2947 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2948 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2949 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2950 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2951 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2952 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2953 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2954 * @ie_len: length of that 2955 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2956 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2957 * after joining 2958 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2959 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2960 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2961 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2962 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2963 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2964 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2965 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2966 * to operate on DFS channels. 2967 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2968 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2969 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2970 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2971 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2972 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2973 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2974 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2975 */ 2976 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2977 const u8 *ssid; 2978 const u8 *bssid; 2979 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2980 const u8 *ie; 2981 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2982 u16 beacon_interval; 2983 u32 basic_rates; 2984 bool channel_fixed; 2985 bool privacy; 2986 bool control_port; 2987 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2988 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2989 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2990 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2991 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2992 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2993 int wep_tx_key; 2994 }; 2995 2996 /** 2997 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2998 * 2999 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3000 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3001 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3002 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3003 */ 3004 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3005 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3006 union { 3007 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3008 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3009 } param; 3010 }; 3011 3012 /** 3013 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3014 * 3015 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3016 * authentication and association. 3017 * 3018 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3019 * on scan results) 3020 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3021 * %NULL if not specified 3022 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3023 * results) 3024 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3025 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3026 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3027 * to use. 3028 * @ssid: SSID 3029 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3030 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3031 * @ie: IEs for association request 3032 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3033 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3034 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3035 * @crypto: crypto settings 3036 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3037 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3038 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3039 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3040 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3041 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3042 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3043 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3044 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3045 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3046 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3047 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3048 * networks. 3049 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3050 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3051 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3052 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3053 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3054 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3055 * frame. 3056 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3057 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3058 * data IE. 3059 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3060 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3061 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3062 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3063 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3064 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3065 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3066 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3067 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3068 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3069 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3070 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3071 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3072 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3073 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3074 */ 3075 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3076 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3077 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3078 const u8 *bssid; 3079 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3080 const u8 *ssid; 3081 size_t ssid_len; 3082 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3083 const u8 *ie; 3084 size_t ie_len; 3085 bool privacy; 3086 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3087 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3088 const u8 *key; 3089 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3090 u32 flags; 3091 int bg_scan_period; 3092 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3093 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3094 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3095 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3096 bool pbss; 3097 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3098 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3099 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3100 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3101 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3102 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3103 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3104 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3105 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3106 bool want_1x; 3107 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3108 }; 3109 3110 /** 3111 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3112 * 3113 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3114 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3115 * 3116 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3117 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3118 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3119 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3120 */ 3121 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3122 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3123 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3124 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3125 }; 3126 3127 /** 3128 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3129 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3130 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3131 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3132 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3133 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3134 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3135 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3136 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3137 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3138 */ 3139 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3140 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3141 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3142 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3143 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3144 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3145 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3146 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3147 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3148 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3149 }; 3150 3151 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3152 3153 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3154 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3155 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3156 3157 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3158 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3159 3160 /** 3161 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3162 * 3163 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3164 * caching. 3165 * 3166 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3167 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3168 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3169 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3170 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3171 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3172 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3173 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3174 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3175 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3176 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3177 * %NULL). 3178 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3179 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3180 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3181 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3182 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3183 * used for it expires. 3184 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3185 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3186 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3187 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3188 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3189 */ 3190 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3191 const u8 *bssid; 3192 const u8 *pmkid; 3193 const u8 *pmk; 3194 size_t pmk_len; 3195 const u8 *ssid; 3196 size_t ssid_len; 3197 const u8 *cache_id; 3198 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3199 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3200 }; 3201 3202 /** 3203 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3204 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3205 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3206 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3207 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3208 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3209 * 3210 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3211 * memory, free @mask only! 3212 */ 3213 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3214 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3215 int pattern_len; 3216 int pkt_offset; 3217 }; 3218 3219 /** 3220 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3221 * 3222 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3223 * @src: source IP address 3224 * @dst: destination IP address 3225 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3226 * @src_port: source port 3227 * @dst_port: destination port 3228 * @payload_len: data payload length 3229 * @payload: data payload buffer 3230 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3231 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3232 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3233 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3234 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3235 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3236 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3237 */ 3238 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3239 struct socket *sock; 3240 __be32 src, dst; 3241 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3242 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3243 int payload_len; 3244 const u8 *payload; 3245 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3246 u32 data_interval; 3247 u32 wake_len; 3248 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3249 u32 tokens_size; 3250 /* must be last, variable member */ 3251 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3252 }; 3253 3254 /** 3255 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3256 * 3257 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3258 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3259 * operating as normal during suspend 3260 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3261 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3262 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3263 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3264 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3265 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3266 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3267 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3268 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3269 * NULL if not configured. 3270 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3271 */ 3272 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3273 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3274 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3275 rfkill_release; 3276 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3277 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3278 int n_patterns; 3279 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3280 }; 3281 3282 /** 3283 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3284 * 3285 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3286 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3287 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3288 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3289 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3290 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3291 */ 3292 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3293 int delay; 3294 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3295 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3296 int n_patterns; 3297 }; 3298 3299 /** 3300 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3301 * 3302 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3303 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3304 * @n_rules: number of rules 3305 */ 3306 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3307 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3308 int n_rules; 3309 }; 3310 3311 /** 3312 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3313 * 3314 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3315 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3316 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3317 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3318 * occurred (in MHz) 3319 */ 3320 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3321 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3322 int n_channels; 3323 u32 channels[]; 3324 }; 3325 3326 /** 3327 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3328 * 3329 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3330 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3331 * match information. 3332 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3333 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3334 */ 3335 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3336 int n_matches; 3337 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3338 }; 3339 3340 /** 3341 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3342 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3343 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3344 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3345 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3346 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3347 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3348 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3349 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3350 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3351 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3352 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3353 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3354 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3355 * it is. 3356 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3357 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3358 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3359 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3360 */ 3361 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3362 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3363 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3364 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3365 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3366 s32 pattern_idx; 3367 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3368 const void *packet; 3369 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3370 }; 3371 3372 /** 3373 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3374 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3375 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3376 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3377 * @kek_len: length of kek 3378 * @kck_len: length of kck 3379 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3380 */ 3381 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3382 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3383 u32 akm; 3384 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3385 }; 3386 3387 /** 3388 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3389 * 3390 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3391 * 3392 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3393 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3394 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3395 */ 3396 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3397 u16 md; 3398 const u8 *ie; 3399 size_t ie_len; 3400 }; 3401 3402 /** 3403 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3404 * 3405 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3406 * 3407 * @chan: channel to use 3408 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3409 * @wait: duration for ROC 3410 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3411 * @len: buffer length 3412 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3413 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3414 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3415 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3416 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3417 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3418 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3419 */ 3420 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3421 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3422 bool offchan; 3423 unsigned int wait; 3424 const u8 *buf; 3425 size_t len; 3426 bool no_cck; 3427 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3428 int n_csa_offsets; 3429 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3430 int link_id; 3431 }; 3432 3433 /** 3434 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3435 * 3436 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3437 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3438 */ 3439 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3440 u8 dscp; 3441 u8 up; 3442 }; 3443 3444 /** 3445 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3446 * 3447 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3448 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3449 */ 3450 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3451 u8 low; 3452 u8 high; 3453 }; 3454 3455 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3456 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3457 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3458 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3459 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3460 3461 /** 3462 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3463 * 3464 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3465 * 3466 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3467 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3468 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3469 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3470 */ 3471 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3472 u8 num_des; 3473 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3474 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3475 }; 3476 3477 /** 3478 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3479 * 3480 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3481 * 3482 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3483 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3484 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3485 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3486 */ 3487 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3488 u8 master_pref; 3489 u8 bands; 3490 }; 3491 3492 /** 3493 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3494 * configuration 3495 * 3496 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3497 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3498 */ 3499 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3500 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3501 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3502 }; 3503 3504 /** 3505 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3506 * 3507 * @filter: the content of the filter 3508 * @len: the length of the filter 3509 */ 3510 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3511 const u8 *filter; 3512 u8 len; 3513 }; 3514 3515 /** 3516 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3517 * 3518 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3519 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3520 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3521 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3522 * implementation specific. 3523 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3524 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3525 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3526 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3527 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3528 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3529 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3530 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3531 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3532 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3533 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3534 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3535 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3536 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3537 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3538 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3539 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3540 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3541 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3542 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3543 */ 3544 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3545 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3546 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3547 u8 publish_type; 3548 bool close_range; 3549 bool publish_bcast; 3550 bool subscribe_active; 3551 u8 followup_id; 3552 u8 followup_reqid; 3553 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3554 u32 ttl; 3555 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3556 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3557 bool srf_include; 3558 const u8 *srf_bf; 3559 u8 srf_bf_len; 3560 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3561 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3562 int srf_num_macs; 3563 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3564 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3565 u8 num_tx_filters; 3566 u8 num_rx_filters; 3567 u8 instance_id; 3568 u64 cookie; 3569 }; 3570 3571 /** 3572 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3573 * 3574 * @aa: authenticator address 3575 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3576 * @pmk: the PMK material 3577 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3578 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3579 * holds PMK-R0. 3580 */ 3581 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3582 const u8 *aa; 3583 u8 pmk_len; 3584 const u8 *pmk; 3585 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3586 }; 3587 3588 /** 3589 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3590 * 3591 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3592 * 3593 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3594 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3595 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3596 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3597 * authentication response command interface. 3598 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3599 * authentication response command interface. 3600 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3601 * authentication request event interface. 3602 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3603 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3604 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3605 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3606 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3607 */ 3608 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3609 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3610 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3611 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3612 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3613 u16 status; 3614 const u8 *pmkid; 3615 }; 3616 3617 /** 3618 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3619 * 3620 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3621 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3622 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3623 * answered 3624 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3625 * successfully answered 3626 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3627 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3628 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3629 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3630 * of how much time the responder was busy 3631 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3632 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3633 * the responder 3634 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3635 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3636 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3637 */ 3638 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3639 u32 filled; 3640 u32 success_num; 3641 u32 partial_num; 3642 u32 failed_num; 3643 u32 asap_num; 3644 u32 non_asap_num; 3645 u64 total_duration_ms; 3646 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3647 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3648 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3649 }; 3650 3651 /** 3652 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3653 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3654 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3655 * reason than just "failure" 3656 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3657 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3658 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3659 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3660 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3661 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3662 * by the responder 3663 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3664 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3665 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3666 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3667 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3668 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3669 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3670 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3671 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3672 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3673 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3674 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3675 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3676 * the square root of the variance) 3677 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3678 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3679 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3680 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3681 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3682 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3683 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3684 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3685 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3686 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3687 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3688 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3689 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3690 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3691 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3692 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3693 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3694 */ 3695 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3696 const u8 *lci; 3697 const u8 *civicloc; 3698 unsigned int lci_len; 3699 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3700 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3701 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3702 s16 burst_index; 3703 u8 busy_retry_time; 3704 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3705 u8 burst_duration; 3706 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3707 s32 rssi_avg; 3708 s32 rssi_spread; 3709 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3710 s64 rtt_avg; 3711 s64 rtt_variance; 3712 s64 rtt_spread; 3713 s64 dist_avg; 3714 s64 dist_variance; 3715 s64 dist_spread; 3716 3717 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3718 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3719 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3720 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3721 tx_rate_valid:1, 3722 rx_rate_valid:1, 3723 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3724 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3725 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3726 dist_avg_valid:1, 3727 dist_variance_valid:1, 3728 dist_spread_valid:1; 3729 }; 3730 3731 /** 3732 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3733 * @addr: address of the peer 3734 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3735 * measurement was made) 3736 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3737 * @status: status of the measurement 3738 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3739 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3740 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3741 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3742 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3743 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3744 * @ftm: FTM result 3745 */ 3746 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3747 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3748 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3749 3750 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3751 3752 u8 final:1, 3753 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3754 3755 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3756 3757 union { 3758 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3759 }; 3760 }; 3761 3762 /** 3763 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3764 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3765 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3766 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3767 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3768 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3769 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3770 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3771 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3772 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3773 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3774 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3775 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3776 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3777 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3778 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3779 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3780 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3781 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3782 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3783 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3784 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3785 * 3786 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3787 */ 3788 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3789 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3790 u16 burst_period; 3791 u8 requested:1, 3792 asap:1, 3793 request_lci:1, 3794 request_civicloc:1, 3795 trigger_based:1, 3796 non_trigger_based:1, 3797 lmr_feedback:1; 3798 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3799 u8 burst_duration; 3800 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3801 u8 ftmr_retries; 3802 u8 bss_color; 3803 }; 3804 3805 /** 3806 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3807 * @addr: MAC address 3808 * @chandef: channel to use 3809 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3810 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3811 */ 3812 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3813 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3814 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3815 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3816 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3817 }; 3818 3819 /** 3820 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3821 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3822 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3823 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3824 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3825 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3826 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3827 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3828 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3829 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3830 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3831 * zero it means there's no timeout 3832 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3833 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3834 */ 3835 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3836 u64 cookie; 3837 void *drv_data; 3838 u32 n_peers; 3839 u32 nl_portid; 3840 3841 u32 timeout; 3842 3843 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3844 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3845 3846 struct list_head list; 3847 3848 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3849 }; 3850 3851 /** 3852 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3853 * 3854 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3855 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3856 * 3857 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3858 * 3859 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3860 * has to be done. 3861 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3862 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3863 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3864 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3865 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3866 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3867 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3868 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3869 */ 3870 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3871 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3872 u16 status; 3873 const u8 *ie; 3874 size_t ie_len; 3875 }; 3876 3877 /** 3878 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3879 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3880 * for the entire device 3881 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3882 * for the given interface 3883 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3884 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3885 * for these subtypes 3886 */ 3887 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3888 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3889 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3890 }; 3891 3892 /** 3893 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3894 * 3895 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3896 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3897 * 3898 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3899 * on success or a negative error code. 3900 * 3901 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3902 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3903 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3904 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3905 * 3906 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3907 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3908 * configured for the device. 3909 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3910 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3911 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3912 * the device. 3913 * 3914 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3915 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3916 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3917 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3918 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3919 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3920 * 3921 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3922 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3923 * 3924 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3925 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3926 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3927 * 3928 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 3929 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 3930 * address is available. 3931 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 3932 * 3933 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3934 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 3935 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 3936 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 3937 * 3938 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3939 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3940 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3941 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3942 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3943 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 3944 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 3945 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 3946 * 3947 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3948 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 3949 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 3950 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 3951 * address for MLO pairwise key. 3952 * 3953 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 3954 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 3955 * 3956 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 3957 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 3958 * 3959 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 3960 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 3961 * 3962 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3963 * 3964 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3965 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3966 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3967 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3968 * 3969 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3970 * @del_station: Remove a station 3971 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3972 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3973 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3974 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3975 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3976 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3977 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3978 * 3979 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3980 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3981 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3982 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3983 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3984 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3985 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3986 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3987 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3988 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3989 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3990 * 3991 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3992 * 3993 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3994 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3995 * set, and which to leave alone. 3996 * 3997 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3998 * 3999 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4000 * 4001 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4002 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4003 * join the mesh instead. 4004 * 4005 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4006 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4007 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4008 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4009 * 4010 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4011 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4012 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4013 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4014 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4015 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4016 * 4017 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4018 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4019 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4020 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4021 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4022 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4023 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4024 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4025 * 4026 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4027 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4028 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4029 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4030 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4031 * was received. 4032 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4033 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4034 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4035 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4036 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4037 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4038 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4039 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4040 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4041 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4042 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4043 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4044 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4045 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4046 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4047 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4048 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4049 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4050 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4051 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4052 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4053 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4054 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4055 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4056 * 4057 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4058 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4059 * to a merge. 4060 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4061 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4062 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4063 * 4064 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4065 * MESH mode) 4066 * 4067 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4068 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4069 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4070 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4071 * 4072 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4073 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4074 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4075 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4076 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4077 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4078 * return 0 if successful 4079 * 4080 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4081 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4082 * 4083 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4084 * 4085 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4086 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4087 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4088 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4089 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4090 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4091 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4092 * the duration value. 4093 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4094 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4095 * frame on another channel 4096 * 4097 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4098 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4099 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4100 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4101 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4102 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4103 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4104 * 4105 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4106 * 4107 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4108 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4109 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4110 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4111 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4112 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4113 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4114 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4115 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4116 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4117 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4118 * disabled.) 4119 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4120 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4121 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4122 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4123 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4124 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4125 * thresholds. 4126 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4127 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4128 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4129 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4130 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4131 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4132 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4133 * 4134 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4135 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4136 * 4137 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4138 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4139 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4140 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4141 * 4142 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4143 * 4144 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4145 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4146 * 4147 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4148 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4149 * 4150 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4151 * 4152 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4153 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4154 * current monitoring channel. 4155 * 4156 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4157 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4158 * 4159 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4160 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4161 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4162 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4163 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4164 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4165 * 4166 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4167 * 4168 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4169 * was finished on another phy. 4170 * 4171 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4172 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4173 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4174 * 4175 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4176 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4177 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4178 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4179 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4180 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4181 * 4182 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4183 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4184 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4185 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4186 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4187 * as soon as possible. 4188 * 4189 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4190 * 4191 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4192 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4193 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4194 * 4195 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4196 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4197 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4198 * account. 4199 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4200 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4201 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4202 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4203 * rejected) 4204 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4205 * 4206 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4207 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4208 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4209 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4210 * 4211 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4212 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4213 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4214 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4215 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4216 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4217 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4218 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4219 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4220 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4221 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4222 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4223 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4224 * provided @nan_func. 4225 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4226 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4227 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4228 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4229 * 4230 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4231 * 4232 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4233 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4234 * 4235 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4236 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4237 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4238 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4239 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4240 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4241 * 4242 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4243 * user space 4244 * 4245 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4246 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4247 * 4248 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4249 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4250 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4251 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4252 * 4253 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4254 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4255 * DH IE through this interface. 4256 * 4257 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4258 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4259 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4260 * This callback may sleep. 4261 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4262 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4263 * 4264 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4265 * 4266 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4267 * 4268 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4269 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4270 * Response frame. 4271 * 4272 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4273 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4274 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4275 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4276 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4277 * radar channel. 4278 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4279 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4280 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4281 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4282 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4283 */ 4284 struct cfg80211_ops { 4285 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4286 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4287 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4288 4289 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4290 const char *name, 4291 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4292 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4293 struct vif_params *params); 4294 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4295 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4296 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4297 struct net_device *dev, 4298 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4299 struct vif_params *params); 4300 4301 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4302 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4303 unsigned int link_id); 4304 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4305 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4306 unsigned int link_id); 4307 4308 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4309 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4310 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4311 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4312 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4313 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4314 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4315 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4316 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4317 const u8 *mac_addr); 4318 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4319 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4320 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4321 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4322 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4323 u8 key_index); 4324 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4325 struct net_device *netdev, 4326 int link_id, 4327 u8 key_index); 4328 4329 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4330 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4331 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4332 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4333 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4334 unsigned int link_id); 4335 4336 4337 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4338 const u8 *mac, 4339 struct station_parameters *params); 4340 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4341 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4342 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4343 const u8 *mac, 4344 struct station_parameters *params); 4345 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4346 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4347 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4348 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4349 4350 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4351 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4352 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4353 const u8 *dst); 4354 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4355 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4356 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4357 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4358 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4359 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4360 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4361 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4362 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4363 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4364 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4365 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4366 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4367 struct net_device *dev, 4368 struct mesh_config *conf); 4369 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4370 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4371 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4372 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4373 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4374 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4375 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4376 4377 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4378 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4379 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4380 4381 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4382 struct bss_parameters *params); 4383 4384 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4385 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4386 4387 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4388 struct net_device *dev, 4389 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4390 4391 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4392 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4393 4394 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4395 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4396 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4397 4398 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4399 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4400 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4401 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4402 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4403 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4404 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4405 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4406 4407 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4408 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4409 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4410 struct net_device *dev, 4411 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4412 u32 changed); 4413 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4414 u16 reason_code); 4415 4416 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4417 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4418 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4419 4420 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4421 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4422 4423 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4424 4425 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4426 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4427 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4428 int *dbm); 4429 4430 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4431 4432 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4433 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4434 void *data, int len); 4435 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4436 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4437 void *data, int len); 4438 #endif 4439 4440 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4441 struct net_device *dev, 4442 unsigned int link_id, 4443 const u8 *peer, 4444 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4445 4446 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4447 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4448 4449 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4450 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4451 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4452 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4453 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4454 4455 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4456 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4457 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4458 unsigned int duration, 4459 u64 *cookie); 4460 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4461 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4462 u64 cookie); 4463 4464 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4465 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4466 u64 *cookie); 4467 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4468 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4469 u64 cookie); 4470 4471 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4472 bool enabled, int timeout); 4473 4474 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4475 struct net_device *dev, 4476 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4477 4478 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4479 struct net_device *dev, 4480 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4481 4482 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4483 struct net_device *dev, 4484 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4485 4486 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4487 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4488 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4489 4490 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4491 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4492 4493 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4494 struct net_device *dev, 4495 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4496 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4497 u64 reqid); 4498 4499 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4500 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4501 4502 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4503 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4504 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4505 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4506 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4507 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4508 4509 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4510 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4511 4512 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4513 struct net_device *dev, 4514 u16 noack_map); 4515 4516 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4517 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4518 unsigned int link_id, 4519 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4520 4521 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4522 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4523 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4524 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4525 4526 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4527 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4528 4529 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4530 struct net_device *dev, 4531 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4532 u32 cac_time_ms); 4533 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4534 struct net_device *dev); 4535 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4536 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4537 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4538 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4539 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4540 u16 duration); 4541 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4542 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4543 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4544 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4545 4546 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4547 struct net_device *dev, 4548 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4549 4550 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4551 struct net_device *dev, 4552 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4553 4554 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4555 unsigned int link_id, 4556 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4557 4558 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4559 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4560 u16 admitted_time); 4561 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4562 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4563 4564 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4565 struct net_device *dev, 4566 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4567 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4568 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4569 struct net_device *dev, 4570 const u8 *addr); 4571 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4572 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4573 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4574 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4575 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4576 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4577 u64 cookie); 4578 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4579 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4580 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4581 u32 changes); 4582 4583 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4584 struct net_device *dev, 4585 const bool enabled); 4586 4587 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4588 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4589 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4590 4591 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4592 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4593 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4594 const u8 *aa); 4595 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4596 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4597 4598 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4599 struct net_device *dev, 4600 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4601 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4602 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4603 u64 *cookie); 4604 4605 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4606 struct net_device *dev, 4607 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4608 4609 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4610 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4611 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4612 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4613 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4614 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4615 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4616 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4617 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4618 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4619 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4620 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4621 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4622 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4623 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4624 struct net_device *dev, 4625 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4626 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4627 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4628 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4629 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4630 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4631 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4632 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4633 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4634 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4635 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4636 }; 4637 4638 /* 4639 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4640 * and registration/helper functions 4641 */ 4642 4643 /** 4644 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4645 * 4646 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4647 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4648 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4649 * wiphy at all 4650 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4651 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4652 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4653 * reason to override the default 4654 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4655 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4656 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4657 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4658 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4659 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4660 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4661 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4662 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4663 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4664 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4665 * firmware. 4666 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4667 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4668 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4669 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4670 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4671 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4672 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4673 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4674 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4675 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4676 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4677 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4678 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4679 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4680 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4681 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4682 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4683 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4684 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4685 * before connection. 4686 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4687 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4688 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4689 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4690 * should set this flag for now. 4691 */ 4692 enum wiphy_flags { 4693 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4694 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4695 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4696 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4697 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4698 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4699 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4700 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4701 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4702 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4703 /* use hole at 11 */ 4704 /* use hole at 12 */ 4705 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4706 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4707 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4708 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4709 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4710 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4711 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4712 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4713 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4714 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4715 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4716 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4717 }; 4718 4719 /** 4720 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4721 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4722 * @types: interface types (bits) 4723 */ 4724 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4725 u16 max; 4726 u16 types; 4727 }; 4728 4729 /** 4730 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4731 * 4732 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4733 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4734 * 4735 * Examples: 4736 * 4737 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4738 * 4739 * .. code-block:: c 4740 * 4741 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4742 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4743 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4744 * }; 4745 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4746 * .limits = limits1, 4747 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4748 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4749 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4750 * }; 4751 * 4752 * 4753 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4754 * 4755 * .. code-block:: c 4756 * 4757 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4758 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4759 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4760 * }; 4761 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4762 * .limits = limits2, 4763 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4764 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4765 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4766 * }; 4767 * 4768 * 4769 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4770 * 4771 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4772 * 4773 * .. code-block:: c 4774 * 4775 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4776 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4777 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4778 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4779 * }; 4780 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4781 * .limits = limits3, 4782 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4783 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4784 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4785 * }; 4786 * 4787 */ 4788 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4789 /** 4790 * @limits: 4791 * limits for the given interface types 4792 */ 4793 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4794 4795 /** 4796 * @num_different_channels: 4797 * can use up to this many different channels 4798 */ 4799 u32 num_different_channels; 4800 4801 /** 4802 * @max_interfaces: 4803 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4804 */ 4805 u16 max_interfaces; 4806 4807 /** 4808 * @n_limits: 4809 * number of limitations 4810 */ 4811 u8 n_limits; 4812 4813 /** 4814 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4815 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4816 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4817 */ 4818 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4819 4820 /** 4821 * @radar_detect_widths: 4822 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4823 */ 4824 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4825 4826 /** 4827 * @radar_detect_regions: 4828 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4829 */ 4830 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4831 4832 /** 4833 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4834 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4835 * 4836 * = 0 4837 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4838 * > 0 4839 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4840 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4841 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4842 */ 4843 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4844 }; 4845 4846 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4847 u16 tx, rx; 4848 }; 4849 4850 /** 4851 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4852 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4853 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4854 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4855 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4856 * packet should be preserved in that case 4857 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4858 * (see nl80211.h) 4859 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4860 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4861 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4862 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4863 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4864 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4865 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4866 */ 4867 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4868 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4869 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4870 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4871 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4872 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4873 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4874 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4875 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4876 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4877 }; 4878 4879 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4880 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4881 u32 data_payload_max; 4882 u32 data_interval_max; 4883 u32 wake_payload_max; 4884 bool seq; 4885 }; 4886 4887 /** 4888 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4889 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4890 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4891 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4892 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4893 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4894 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4895 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4896 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4897 * scheduled scans. 4898 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4899 * details. 4900 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4901 */ 4902 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4903 u32 flags; 4904 int n_patterns; 4905 int pattern_max_len; 4906 int pattern_min_len; 4907 int max_pkt_offset; 4908 int max_nd_match_sets; 4909 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4910 }; 4911 4912 /** 4913 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4914 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4915 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4916 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4917 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4918 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4919 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4920 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4921 */ 4922 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4923 int n_rules; 4924 int max_delay; 4925 int n_patterns; 4926 int pattern_max_len; 4927 int pattern_min_len; 4928 int max_pkt_offset; 4929 }; 4930 4931 /** 4932 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4933 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4934 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4935 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4936 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4937 */ 4938 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4939 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4940 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4941 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4942 }; 4943 4944 /** 4945 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4946 * 4947 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4948 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4949 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4950 * 4951 */ 4952 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4953 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4954 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4955 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4956 }; 4957 4958 /** 4959 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4960 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4961 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4962 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4963 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4964 */ 4965 4966 struct sta_opmode_info { 4967 u32 changed; 4968 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4969 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4970 u8 rx_nss; 4971 }; 4972 4973 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4974 4975 /** 4976 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4977 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4978 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4979 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4980 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4981 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4982 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4983 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4984 * dumpit calls. 4985 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4986 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4987 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4988 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4989 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4990 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4991 * are used with dump requests. 4992 */ 4993 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4994 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4995 u32 flags; 4996 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4997 const void *data, int data_len); 4998 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4999 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5000 unsigned long *storage); 5001 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5002 unsigned int maxattr; 5003 }; 5004 5005 /** 5006 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5007 * @iftype: interface type 5008 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5009 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5010 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5011 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5012 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5013 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5014 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5015 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5016 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5017 */ 5018 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5019 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5020 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5021 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5022 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5023 u16 eml_capabilities; 5024 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5025 }; 5026 5027 /** 5028 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5029 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5030 * @type: the interface type to look up 5031 */ 5032 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5033 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5034 5035 /** 5036 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5037 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5038 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5039 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5040 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5041 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5042 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5043 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5044 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5045 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5046 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5047 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5048 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5049 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5050 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5051 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5052 * not limited) 5053 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5054 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5055 */ 5056 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5057 unsigned int max_peers; 5058 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5059 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5060 5061 struct { 5062 u32 preambles; 5063 u32 bandwidths; 5064 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5065 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5066 u8 supported:1, 5067 asap:1, 5068 non_asap:1, 5069 request_lci:1, 5070 request_civicloc:1, 5071 trigger_based:1, 5072 non_trigger_based:1; 5073 } ftm; 5074 }; 5075 5076 /** 5077 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5078 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5079 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5080 * 5081 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5082 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5083 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5084 */ 5085 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5086 u16 iftypes_mask; 5087 const u32 *akm_suites; 5088 int n_akm_suites; 5089 }; 5090 5091 /** 5092 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5093 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5094 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5095 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5096 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5097 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5098 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5099 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5100 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5101 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5102 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5103 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5104 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5105 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5106 * iftype_akm_suites. 5107 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5108 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5109 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5110 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5111 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5112 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5113 * suites are specified separately. 5114 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5115 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5116 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5117 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5118 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5119 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5120 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5121 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5122 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5123 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5124 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5125 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5126 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5127 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5128 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5129 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5130 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5131 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5132 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5133 * unregister hardware 5134 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5135 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5136 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5137 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5138 * (see below). 5139 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5140 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5141 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5142 * must be set by driver 5143 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5144 * list single interface types. 5145 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5146 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5147 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5148 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5149 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5150 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5151 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5152 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5153 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5154 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5155 * this variable determines its size 5156 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5157 * any given scan 5158 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5159 * the device can run concurrently. 5160 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5161 * for in any given scheduled scan 5162 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5163 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5164 * supported. 5165 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5166 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5167 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5168 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5169 * scans 5170 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5171 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5172 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5173 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5174 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5175 * scan plan supported by the device. 5176 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5177 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5178 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5179 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5180 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5181 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5182 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5183 * 5184 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5185 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5186 * type 5187 * 5188 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5189 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5190 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5191 * 5192 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5193 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5194 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5195 * 5196 * @probe_resp_offload: 5197 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5198 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5199 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5200 * 5201 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5202 * may request, if implemented. 5203 * 5204 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5205 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5206 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5207 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5208 * 5209 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5210 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5211 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5212 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5213 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5214 * 5215 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5216 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5217 * 5218 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5219 * supports for ACL. 5220 * 5221 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5222 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5223 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5224 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5225 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5226 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5227 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5228 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5229 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5230 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5231 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5232 * capabilities are specified separately. 5233 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5234 * 5235 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5236 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5237 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5238 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5239 * 5240 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5241 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5242 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5243 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5244 * 5245 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5246 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5247 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5248 * infinite. 5249 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5250 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5251 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5252 * 5253 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5254 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5255 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5256 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5257 * 5258 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5259 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5260 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5261 * 5262 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5263 * wake_tx_queue 5264 * 5265 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5266 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5267 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5268 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5269 * 5270 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5271 * 5272 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5273 * device has 5274 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5275 * supported by the driver for each vif 5276 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5277 * supported by the driver for each peer 5278 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5279 * long/short retry configuration 5280 * 5281 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5282 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5283 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5284 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5285 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5286 * 5287 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5288 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5289 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5290 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5291 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5292 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5293 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5294 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5295 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5296 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5297 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5298 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5299 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5300 */ 5301 struct wiphy { 5302 struct mutex mtx; 5303 5304 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5305 5306 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5307 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5308 5309 struct mac_address *addresses; 5310 5311 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5312 5313 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5314 int n_iface_combinations; 5315 u16 software_iftypes; 5316 5317 u16 n_addresses; 5318 5319 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5320 u16 interface_modes; 5321 5322 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5323 5324 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5325 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5326 5327 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5328 5329 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5330 5331 int bss_priv_size; 5332 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5333 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5334 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5335 u8 max_match_sets; 5336 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5337 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5338 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5339 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5340 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5341 5342 int n_cipher_suites; 5343 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5344 5345 int n_akm_suites; 5346 const u32 *akm_suites; 5347 5348 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5349 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5350 5351 u8 retry_short; 5352 u8 retry_long; 5353 u32 frag_threshold; 5354 u32 rts_threshold; 5355 u8 coverage_class; 5356 5357 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5358 u32 hw_version; 5359 5360 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5361 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5362 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5363 #endif 5364 5365 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5366 5367 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5368 5369 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5370 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5371 5372 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5373 5374 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5375 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5376 5377 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5378 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5379 5380 const void *privid; 5381 5382 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5383 5384 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5385 struct regulatory_request *request); 5386 5387 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5388 5389 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5390 5391 struct device dev; 5392 5393 bool registered; 5394 5395 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5396 5397 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5398 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5399 5400 struct list_head wdev_list; 5401 5402 possible_net_t _net; 5403 5404 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5405 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5406 #endif 5407 5408 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5409 5410 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5411 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5412 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5413 5414 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5415 5416 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5417 5418 u32 bss_select_support; 5419 5420 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5421 5422 u32 txq_limit; 5423 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5424 u32 txq_quantum; 5425 5426 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5427 5428 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5429 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5430 5431 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5432 5433 struct { 5434 u64 peer, vif; 5435 u8 max_retry; 5436 } tid_config_support; 5437 5438 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5439 5440 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5441 5442 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5443 5444 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5445 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5446 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5447 5448 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5449 }; 5450 5451 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5452 { 5453 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5454 } 5455 5456 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5457 { 5458 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5459 } 5460 5461 /** 5462 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5463 * 5464 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5465 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5466 */ 5467 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5468 { 5469 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5470 return &wiphy->priv; 5471 } 5472 5473 /** 5474 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5475 * 5476 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5477 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5478 */ 5479 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5480 { 5481 BUG_ON(!priv); 5482 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5483 } 5484 5485 /** 5486 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5487 * 5488 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5489 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5490 */ 5491 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5492 { 5493 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5494 } 5495 5496 /** 5497 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5498 * 5499 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5500 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5501 */ 5502 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5503 { 5504 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5505 } 5506 5507 /** 5508 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5509 * 5510 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5511 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5512 */ 5513 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5514 { 5515 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5516 } 5517 5518 /** 5519 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5520 * 5521 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5522 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5523 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5524 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5525 * 5526 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5527 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5528 * 5529 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5530 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5531 */ 5532 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5533 const char *requested_name); 5534 5535 /** 5536 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5537 * 5538 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5539 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5540 * 5541 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5542 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5543 * 5544 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5545 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5546 */ 5547 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5548 int sizeof_priv) 5549 { 5550 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5551 } 5552 5553 /** 5554 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5555 * 5556 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5557 * 5558 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5559 */ 5560 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5561 5562 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5563 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5564 5565 /** 5566 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5567 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5568 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5569 * 5570 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5571 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5572 */ 5573 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5574 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5575 5576 /** 5577 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5578 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5579 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5580 * 5581 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5582 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5583 */ 5584 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5585 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5586 5587 /** 5588 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5589 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5590 */ 5591 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5592 5593 /** 5594 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5595 * 5596 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5597 * 5598 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5599 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5600 * request that is being handled. 5601 */ 5602 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5603 5604 /** 5605 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5606 * 5607 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5608 */ 5609 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5610 5611 /* internal structs */ 5612 struct cfg80211_conn; 5613 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5614 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5615 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5616 5617 /** 5618 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5619 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5620 * 5621 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5622 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5623 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5624 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5625 * 5626 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5627 */ 5628 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5629 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5630 { 5631 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5632 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5633 } 5634 5635 /** 5636 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5637 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5638 */ 5639 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5640 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5641 { 5642 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5643 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5644 } 5645 5646 /** 5647 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5648 * 5649 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5650 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5651 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5652 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5653 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5654 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5655 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5656 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5657 * 5658 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5659 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5660 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5661 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5662 * 5663 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5664 * @iftype: interface type 5665 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5666 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5667 * for the notifier 5668 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5669 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5670 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5671 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5672 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5673 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5674 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5675 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5676 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5677 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5678 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5679 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5680 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5681 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5682 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5683 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5684 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5685 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5686 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5687 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5688 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5689 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5690 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5691 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5692 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5693 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5694 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5695 * and some API functions require it held 5696 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5697 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5698 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5699 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5700 * the P2P Device. 5701 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5702 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5703 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5704 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5705 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5706 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5707 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5708 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5709 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5710 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5711 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5712 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5713 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5714 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5715 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5716 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5717 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5718 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5719 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5720 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5721 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5722 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5723 * unprotected beacon report 5724 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 5725 * @ap and @client for each link 5726 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 5727 */ 5728 struct wireless_dev { 5729 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5730 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5731 5732 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5733 struct list_head list; 5734 struct net_device *netdev; 5735 5736 u32 identifier; 5737 5738 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5739 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5740 5741 struct mutex mtx; 5742 5743 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5744 5745 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5746 5747 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5748 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5749 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5750 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5751 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5752 5753 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5754 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5755 5756 struct list_head event_list; 5757 spinlock_t event_lock; 5758 5759 u8 connected:1; 5760 5761 bool ps; 5762 int ps_timeout; 5763 5764 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5765 5766 u32 owner_nlportid; 5767 bool nl_owner_dead; 5768 5769 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5770 bool cac_started; 5771 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5772 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5773 5774 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5775 /* wext data */ 5776 struct { 5777 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5778 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5779 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5780 const u8 *ie; 5781 size_t ie_len; 5782 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5783 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5784 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5785 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5786 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5787 } wext; 5788 #endif 5789 5790 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5791 5792 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5793 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5794 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5795 5796 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5797 5798 union { 5799 struct { 5800 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5801 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5802 u8 ssid_len; 5803 } client; 5804 struct { 5805 int beacon_interval; 5806 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5807 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5808 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5809 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 5810 } mesh; 5811 struct { 5812 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5813 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5814 u8 ssid_len; 5815 } ap; 5816 struct { 5817 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5818 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5819 int beacon_interval; 5820 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5821 u8 ssid_len; 5822 } ibss; 5823 struct { 5824 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5825 } ocb; 5826 } u; 5827 5828 struct { 5829 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5830 union { 5831 struct { 5832 unsigned int beacon_interval; 5833 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5834 } ap; 5835 struct { 5836 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5837 } client; 5838 }; 5839 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 5840 u16 valid_links; 5841 }; 5842 5843 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5844 { 5845 if (wdev->netdev) 5846 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5847 return wdev->address; 5848 } 5849 5850 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5851 { 5852 if (wdev->netdev) 5853 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5854 return wdev->is_running; 5855 } 5856 5857 /** 5858 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5859 * 5860 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5861 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5862 */ 5863 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5864 { 5865 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5866 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5867 } 5868 5869 /** 5870 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 5871 * @wdev: the wdev 5872 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 5873 * 5874 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 5875 */ 5876 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5877 unsigned int link_id); 5878 5879 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5880 unsigned int link_id) 5881 { 5882 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 5883 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 5884 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 5885 } 5886 5887 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 5888 for (link_id = 0; \ 5889 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 5890 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 5891 link_id++) \ 5892 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 5893 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 5894 5895 /** 5896 * DOC: Utility functions 5897 * 5898 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5899 */ 5900 5901 /** 5902 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5903 * 5904 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5905 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5906 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5907 */ 5908 static inline bool 5909 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5910 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5911 { 5912 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5913 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5914 } 5915 5916 /** 5917 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5918 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5919 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5920 */ 5921 static inline u32 5922 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5923 { 5924 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5925 } 5926 5927 /** 5928 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5929 * 5930 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5931 * @chan: channel 5932 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5933 */ 5934 enum nl80211_chan_width 5935 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5936 5937 /** 5938 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5939 * @chan: channel number 5940 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5941 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5942 */ 5943 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5944 5945 /** 5946 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5947 * @chan: channel number 5948 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5949 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5950 */ 5951 static inline int 5952 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5953 { 5954 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5955 } 5956 5957 /** 5958 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5959 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5960 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5961 */ 5962 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5963 5964 /** 5965 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5966 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5967 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5968 */ 5969 static inline int 5970 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5971 { 5972 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5973 } 5974 5975 /** 5976 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5977 * frequency 5978 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5979 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5980 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5981 */ 5982 struct ieee80211_channel * 5983 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5984 5985 /** 5986 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5987 * 5988 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5989 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5990 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5991 */ 5992 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5993 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5994 { 5995 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5996 } 5997 5998 /** 5999 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6000 * @chan: control channel to check 6001 * 6002 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6003 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6004 */ 6005 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6006 { 6007 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6008 return false; 6009 6010 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6011 } 6012 6013 /** 6014 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6015 * 6016 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6017 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6018 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6019 * 6020 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6021 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6022 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6023 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6024 */ 6025 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6026 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6027 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6028 6029 /** 6030 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6031 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6032 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 6033 * 6034 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6035 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6036 */ 6037 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6038 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 6039 6040 /* 6041 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6042 * 6043 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6044 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6045 */ 6046 6047 struct radiotap_align_size { 6048 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6049 }; 6050 6051 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6052 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6053 int n_bits; 6054 uint32_t oui; 6055 uint8_t subns; 6056 }; 6057 6058 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6059 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6060 int n_ns; 6061 }; 6062 6063 /** 6064 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6065 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6066 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6067 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6068 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6069 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6070 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6071 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6072 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6073 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6074 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6075 * radiotap namespace or not 6076 * 6077 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6078 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6079 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6080 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6081 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6082 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6083 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6084 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6085 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6086 * next bitmap word 6087 * 6088 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6089 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6090 */ 6091 6092 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6093 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6094 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6095 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6096 6097 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6098 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6099 6100 unsigned char *this_arg; 6101 int this_arg_index; 6102 int this_arg_size; 6103 6104 int is_radiotap_ns; 6105 6106 int _max_length; 6107 int _arg_index; 6108 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6109 int _reset_on_ext; 6110 }; 6111 6112 int 6113 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6114 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6115 int max_length, 6116 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6117 6118 int 6119 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6120 6121 6122 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6123 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6124 6125 /** 6126 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6127 * 6128 * @skb: the frame 6129 * 6130 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6131 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6132 * 6133 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6134 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6135 * 802.11 header. 6136 */ 6137 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6138 6139 /** 6140 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6141 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6142 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6143 */ 6144 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6145 6146 /** 6147 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6148 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6149 * (first byte) will be accessed 6150 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6151 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6152 */ 6153 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6154 6155 /** 6156 * DOC: Data path helpers 6157 * 6158 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6159 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6160 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6161 */ 6162 6163 /** 6164 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6165 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6166 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6167 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6168 * @addr: the device MAC address 6169 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6170 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6171 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6172 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6173 */ 6174 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6175 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6176 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6177 6178 /** 6179 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6180 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6181 * @addr: the device MAC address 6182 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6183 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6184 */ 6185 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6186 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6187 { 6188 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6189 } 6190 6191 /** 6192 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6193 * 6194 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6195 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6196 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6197 * 6198 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6199 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6200 * initialized by the caller. 6201 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6202 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6203 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6204 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6205 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6206 */ 6207 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6208 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6209 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6210 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 6211 6212 /** 6213 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6214 * @skb: the data frame 6215 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6216 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6217 */ 6218 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6219 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6220 6221 /** 6222 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6223 * 6224 * @eid: element ID 6225 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6226 * @len: length of data 6227 * @match: byte array to match 6228 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6229 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6230 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6231 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6232 * the data portion instead. 6233 * 6234 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6235 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6236 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6237 * requested element struct. 6238 * 6239 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6240 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6241 * byte array to match. 6242 */ 6243 const struct element * 6244 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6245 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6246 unsigned int match_offset); 6247 6248 /** 6249 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6250 * 6251 * @eid: element ID 6252 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6253 * @len: length of data 6254 * @match: byte array to match 6255 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6256 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6257 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6258 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6259 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6260 * the second byte is the IE length. 6261 * 6262 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6263 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6264 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6265 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6266 * element ID. 6267 * 6268 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6269 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6270 * byte array to match. 6271 */ 6272 static inline const u8 * 6273 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6274 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6275 unsigned int match_offset) 6276 { 6277 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6278 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6279 */ 6280 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6281 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6282 return NULL; 6283 6284 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6285 match, match_len, 6286 match_offset ? 6287 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6288 } 6289 6290 /** 6291 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6292 * 6293 * @eid: element ID 6294 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6295 * @len: length of data 6296 * 6297 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6298 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6299 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6300 * requested element struct. 6301 * 6302 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6303 * having to fit into the given data. 6304 */ 6305 static inline const struct element * 6306 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6307 { 6308 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6309 } 6310 6311 /** 6312 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6313 * 6314 * @eid: element ID 6315 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6316 * @len: length of data 6317 * 6318 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6319 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6320 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6321 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6322 * 6323 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6324 * having to fit into the given data. 6325 */ 6326 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6327 { 6328 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6329 } 6330 6331 /** 6332 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6333 * 6334 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6335 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6336 * @len: length of data 6337 * 6338 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6339 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6340 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6341 * requested element struct. 6342 * 6343 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6344 * having to fit into the given data. 6345 */ 6346 static inline const struct element * 6347 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6348 { 6349 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6350 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6351 } 6352 6353 /** 6354 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6355 * 6356 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6357 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6358 * @len: length of data 6359 * 6360 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6361 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6362 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6363 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6364 * 6365 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6366 * having to fit into the given data. 6367 */ 6368 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6369 { 6370 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6371 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6372 } 6373 6374 /** 6375 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6376 * 6377 * @oui: vendor OUI 6378 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6379 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6380 * @len: length of data 6381 * 6382 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6383 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6384 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6385 * 6386 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6387 * the given data. 6388 */ 6389 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6390 const u8 *ies, 6391 unsigned int len); 6392 6393 /** 6394 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6395 * 6396 * @oui: vendor OUI 6397 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6398 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6399 * @len: length of data 6400 * 6401 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6402 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6403 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6404 * element ID. 6405 * 6406 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6407 * the given data. 6408 */ 6409 static inline const u8 * 6410 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6411 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6412 { 6413 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6414 } 6415 6416 /** 6417 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6418 * 6419 * @dev: network device 6420 * @addr: STA MAC address 6421 * 6422 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6423 * devices upon STA association. 6424 */ 6425 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6426 6427 /** 6428 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6429 * 6430 * TODO 6431 */ 6432 6433 /** 6434 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6435 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6436 * conflicts) 6437 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6438 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6439 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6440 * alpha2. 6441 * 6442 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6443 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6444 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6445 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6446 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6447 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6448 * 6449 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6450 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6451 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6452 * 6453 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6454 * an -ENOMEM. 6455 * 6456 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6457 */ 6458 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6459 6460 /** 6461 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6462 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6463 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6464 * 6465 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6466 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6467 * information. 6468 * 6469 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6470 */ 6471 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6472 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6473 6474 /** 6475 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6476 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6477 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6478 * 6479 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6480 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6481 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6482 * 6483 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6484 */ 6485 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6486 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6487 6488 /** 6489 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6490 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6491 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6492 * 6493 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6494 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6495 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6496 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6497 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6498 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6499 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6500 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6501 * that called this helper. 6502 */ 6503 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6504 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6505 6506 /** 6507 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6508 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6509 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6510 * 6511 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6512 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6513 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6514 * and processed already. 6515 * 6516 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6517 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6518 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6519 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6520 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6521 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6522 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6523 */ 6524 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6525 u32 center_freq); 6526 6527 /** 6528 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6529 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6530 * 6531 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6532 * proper string representation. 6533 */ 6534 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6535 6536 /** 6537 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6538 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6539 * 6540 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6541 */ 6542 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6543 6544 /** 6545 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6546 * 6547 */ 6548 6549 /** 6550 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6551 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6552 * 6553 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6554 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6555 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6556 * 6557 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6558 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6559 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6560 * 6561 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6562 * an -ENODATA. 6563 * 6564 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6565 */ 6566 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6567 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6568 6569 /* 6570 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6571 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6572 */ 6573 6574 /** 6575 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6576 * 6577 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6578 * @info: information about the completed scan 6579 */ 6580 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6581 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6582 6583 /** 6584 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6585 * 6586 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6587 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6588 */ 6589 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6590 6591 /** 6592 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6593 * 6594 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6595 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6596 * 6597 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6598 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6599 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6600 */ 6601 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6602 6603 /** 6604 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6605 * 6606 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6607 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6608 * 6609 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6610 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6611 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6612 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6613 */ 6614 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6615 6616 /** 6617 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6618 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6619 * @data: the BSS metadata 6620 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6621 * @len: length of the management frame 6622 * @gfp: context flags 6623 * 6624 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6625 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6626 * 6627 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6628 * Or %NULL on error. 6629 */ 6630 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6631 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6632 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6633 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6634 gfp_t gfp); 6635 6636 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6637 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6638 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6639 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6640 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6641 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6642 { 6643 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6644 .chan = rx_channel, 6645 .scan_width = scan_width, 6646 .signal = signal, 6647 }; 6648 6649 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6650 } 6651 6652 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6653 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6654 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6655 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6656 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6657 { 6658 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6659 .chan = rx_channel, 6660 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6661 .signal = signal, 6662 }; 6663 6664 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6665 } 6666 6667 /** 6668 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6669 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6670 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6671 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6672 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6673 */ 6674 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6675 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6676 { 6677 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6678 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6679 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6680 6681 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6682 6683 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6684 6685 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6686 } 6687 6688 /** 6689 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6690 * @element: element to check 6691 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6692 */ 6693 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6694 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6695 6696 /** 6697 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6698 * @ie: ies 6699 * @ielen: length of IEs 6700 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6701 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6702 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6703 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6704 */ 6705 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6706 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6707 const struct element *sub_elem, 6708 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6709 6710 /** 6711 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6712 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6713 * from a beacon or probe response 6714 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6715 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6716 */ 6717 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6718 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6719 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6720 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6721 }; 6722 6723 /** 6724 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6725 * @ie: IEs 6726 * @ielen: length of IEs 6727 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6728 * @ftype: frame type 6729 * 6730 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6731 */ 6732 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6733 enum nl80211_band band, 6734 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); 6735 6736 /** 6737 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6738 * 6739 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6740 * @data: the BSS metadata 6741 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6742 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6743 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6744 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6745 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6746 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6747 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6748 * @gfp: context flags 6749 * 6750 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6751 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6752 * 6753 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6754 * Or %NULL on error. 6755 */ 6756 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6757 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6758 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6759 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6760 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6761 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6762 gfp_t gfp); 6763 6764 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6765 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6766 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6767 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6768 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6769 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6770 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6771 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6772 { 6773 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6774 .chan = rx_channel, 6775 .scan_width = scan_width, 6776 .signal = signal, 6777 }; 6778 6779 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6780 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6781 gfp); 6782 } 6783 6784 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6785 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6786 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6787 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6788 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6789 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6790 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6791 { 6792 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6793 .chan = rx_channel, 6794 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6795 .signal = signal, 6796 }; 6797 6798 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6799 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6800 gfp); 6801 } 6802 6803 /** 6804 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6805 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6806 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6807 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6808 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6809 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6810 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6811 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6812 */ 6813 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6814 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6815 const u8 *bssid, 6816 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6817 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6818 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6819 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6820 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6821 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6822 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6823 { 6824 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6825 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6826 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6827 } 6828 6829 /** 6830 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6831 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6832 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6833 * 6834 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6835 */ 6836 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6837 6838 /** 6839 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6840 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6841 * @bss: the BSS struct 6842 * 6843 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6844 */ 6845 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6846 6847 /** 6848 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6849 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6850 * @bss: the bss to remove 6851 * 6852 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6853 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6854 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6855 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6856 */ 6857 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6858 6859 /** 6860 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6861 * 6862 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6863 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6864 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6865 * 6866 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6867 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6868 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6869 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6870 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6871 */ 6872 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6873 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6874 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6875 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6876 void *data), 6877 void *iter_data); 6878 6879 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6880 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6881 { 6882 switch (chandef->width) { 6883 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6884 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6885 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6886 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6887 default: 6888 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6889 } 6890 } 6891 6892 /** 6893 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6894 * @dev: network device 6895 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6896 * @len: length of the frame data 6897 * 6898 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6899 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6900 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6901 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6902 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6903 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6904 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6905 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6906 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6907 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6908 * 6909 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6910 */ 6911 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6912 6913 /** 6914 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6915 * @dev: network device 6916 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6917 * 6918 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6919 * mutex. 6920 */ 6921 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6922 6923 /** 6924 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data 6925 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6926 * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 6927 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6928 * @len: length of the frame data 6929 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6930 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6931 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6932 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6933 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 6934 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 6935 * non-MLO connections 6936 */ 6937 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { 6938 const u8 *buf; 6939 size_t len; 6940 const u8 *req_ies; 6941 size_t req_ies_len; 6942 int uapsd_queues; 6943 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 6944 struct { 6945 const u8 *addr; 6946 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6947 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6948 }; 6949 6950 /** 6951 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6952 * @dev: network device 6953 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp 6954 * 6955 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6956 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6957 * 6958 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6959 */ 6960 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6961 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); 6962 6963 /** 6964 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 6965 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 6966 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 6967 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 6968 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 6969 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 6970 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 6971 */ 6972 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 6973 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 6974 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6975 bool timeout; 6976 }; 6977 6978 /** 6979 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 6980 * @dev: network device 6981 * @data: data describing the association failure 6982 * 6983 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6984 */ 6985 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 6986 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 6987 6988 /** 6989 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6990 * @dev: network device 6991 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6992 * @len: length of the frame data 6993 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6994 * 6995 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6996 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6997 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6998 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6999 */ 7000 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7001 bool reconnect); 7002 7003 /** 7004 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7005 * @dev: network device 7006 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7007 * @len: length of the frame data 7008 * 7009 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7010 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7011 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7012 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7013 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7014 * 7015 * This function may sleep. 7016 */ 7017 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7018 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7019 7020 /** 7021 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7022 * @dev: network device 7023 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7024 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7025 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7026 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7027 * @gfp: allocation flags 7028 * 7029 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7030 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7031 * primitive. 7032 */ 7033 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7034 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7035 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7036 7037 /** 7038 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7039 * 7040 * @dev: network device 7041 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7042 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7043 * @gfp: allocation flags 7044 * 7045 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7046 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7047 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7048 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7049 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7050 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7051 */ 7052 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7053 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7054 7055 /** 7056 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7057 * candidate 7058 * 7059 * @dev: network device 7060 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7061 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7062 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7063 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7064 * @gfp: allocation flags 7065 * 7066 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7067 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7068 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7069 */ 7070 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7071 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7072 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7073 7074 /** 7075 * DOC: RFkill integration 7076 * 7077 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7078 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7079 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7080 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 7081 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7082 * 7083 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7084 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7085 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7086 */ 7087 7088 /** 7089 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7090 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7091 * @blocked: block status 7092 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7093 */ 7094 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7095 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7096 7097 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7098 { 7099 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7100 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7101 } 7102 7103 /** 7104 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7105 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7106 */ 7107 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7108 7109 /** 7110 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7111 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7112 */ 7113 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7114 { 7115 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7116 } 7117 7118 /** 7119 * DOC: Vendor commands 7120 * 7121 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7122 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7123 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7124 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7125 * the configuration mechanism. 7126 * 7127 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7128 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7129 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7130 * 7131 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7132 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7133 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7134 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7135 * managers etc. need. 7136 */ 7137 7138 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7139 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7140 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7141 int approxlen); 7142 7143 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7144 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7145 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7146 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7147 unsigned int portid, 7148 int vendor_event_idx, 7149 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7150 7151 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7152 7153 /** 7154 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7155 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7156 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7157 * be put into the skb 7158 * 7159 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7160 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7161 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7162 * 7163 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7164 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7165 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7166 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7167 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7168 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7169 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7170 * 7171 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7172 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7173 * 7174 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7175 */ 7176 static inline struct sk_buff * 7177 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7178 { 7179 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7180 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7181 } 7182 7183 /** 7184 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7185 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7186 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7187 * 7188 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7189 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7190 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7191 * skb regardless of the return value. 7192 * 7193 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7194 */ 7195 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7196 7197 /** 7198 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7199 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7200 * 7201 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7202 * Valid to call only there. 7203 */ 7204 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7205 7206 /** 7207 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7208 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7209 * @wdev: the wireless device 7210 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7211 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7212 * be put into the skb 7213 * @gfp: allocation flags 7214 * 7215 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7216 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7217 * 7218 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7219 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7220 * attribute. 7221 * 7222 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7223 * skb to send the event. 7224 * 7225 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7226 */ 7227 static inline struct sk_buff * 7228 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7229 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7230 { 7231 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7232 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7233 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7234 } 7235 7236 /** 7237 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7238 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7239 * @wdev: the wireless device 7240 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7241 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7242 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7243 * be put into the skb 7244 * @gfp: allocation flags 7245 * 7246 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7247 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7248 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7249 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7250 * 7251 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7252 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7253 * attribute. 7254 * 7255 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7256 * skb to send the event. 7257 * 7258 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7259 */ 7260 static inline struct sk_buff * 7261 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7262 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7263 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7264 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7265 { 7266 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7267 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7268 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7269 } 7270 7271 /** 7272 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7273 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7274 * @gfp: allocation flags 7275 * 7276 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7277 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7278 */ 7279 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7280 { 7281 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7282 } 7283 7284 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7285 /** 7286 * DOC: Test mode 7287 * 7288 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7289 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7290 * factory programming. 7291 * 7292 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7293 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7294 */ 7295 7296 /** 7297 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7298 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7299 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7300 * be put into the skb 7301 * 7302 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7303 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7304 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7305 * 7306 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7307 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7308 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7309 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7310 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7311 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7312 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7313 * 7314 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7315 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7316 * 7317 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7318 */ 7319 static inline struct sk_buff * 7320 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7321 { 7322 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7323 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7324 } 7325 7326 /** 7327 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7328 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7329 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7330 * 7331 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7332 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7333 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7334 * regardless of the return value. 7335 * 7336 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7337 */ 7338 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7339 { 7340 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7341 } 7342 7343 /** 7344 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7345 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7346 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7347 * be put into the skb 7348 * @gfp: allocation flags 7349 * 7350 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7351 * testmode multicast group. 7352 * 7353 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7354 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7355 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7356 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7357 * in any other way. 7358 * 7359 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7360 * skb to send the event. 7361 * 7362 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7363 */ 7364 static inline struct sk_buff * 7365 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7366 { 7367 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7368 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7369 approxlen, gfp); 7370 } 7371 7372 /** 7373 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7374 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7375 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7376 * @gfp: allocation flags 7377 * 7378 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7379 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7380 * consumes it. 7381 */ 7382 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7383 { 7384 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7385 } 7386 7387 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7388 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7389 #else 7390 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7391 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7392 #endif 7393 7394 /** 7395 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7396 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7397 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7398 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7399 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7400 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7401 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7402 * status for a FILS connection. 7403 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7404 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7405 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7406 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7407 */ 7408 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7409 const u8 *kek; 7410 size_t kek_len; 7411 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7412 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7413 const u8 *pmk; 7414 size_t pmk_len; 7415 const u8 *pmkid; 7416 }; 7417 7418 /** 7419 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7420 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7421 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7422 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7423 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7424 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7425 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7426 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7427 * case. 7428 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7429 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7430 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7431 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7432 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7433 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7434 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7435 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7436 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7437 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7438 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7439 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7440 * zero. 7441 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7442 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7443 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7444 * connected AP info. 7445 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7446 * %NULL. 7447 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7448 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7449 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7450 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7451 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7452 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7453 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7454 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7455 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7456 * to be specified. 7457 */ 7458 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7459 int status; 7460 const u8 *req_ie; 7461 size_t req_ie_len; 7462 const u8 *resp_ie; 7463 size_t resp_ie_len; 7464 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7465 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7466 7467 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7468 u16 valid_links; 7469 struct { 7470 const u8 *addr; 7471 const u8 *bssid; 7472 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7473 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7474 }; 7475 7476 /** 7477 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7478 * 7479 * @dev: network device 7480 * @params: connection response parameters 7481 * @gfp: allocation flags 7482 * 7483 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7484 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7485 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7486 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7487 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7488 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7489 */ 7490 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7491 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7492 gfp_t gfp); 7493 7494 /** 7495 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7496 * 7497 * @dev: network device 7498 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7499 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7500 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7501 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7502 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7503 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7504 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7505 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7506 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7507 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7508 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7509 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7510 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7511 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7512 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7513 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7514 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7515 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7516 * case. 7517 * @gfp: allocation flags 7518 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7519 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7520 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7521 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7522 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7523 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7524 * 7525 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7526 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7527 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7528 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7529 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7530 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7531 */ 7532 static inline void 7533 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7534 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7535 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7536 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7537 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7538 { 7539 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7540 7541 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7542 params.status = status; 7543 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7544 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7545 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7546 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7547 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7548 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7549 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7550 7551 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7552 } 7553 7554 /** 7555 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7556 * 7557 * @dev: network device 7558 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7559 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7560 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7561 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7562 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7563 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7564 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7565 * the real status code for failures. 7566 * @gfp: allocation flags 7567 * 7568 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7569 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7570 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7571 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7572 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7573 */ 7574 static inline void 7575 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7576 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7577 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7578 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7579 { 7580 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7581 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7582 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7583 } 7584 7585 /** 7586 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7587 * 7588 * @dev: network device 7589 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7590 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7591 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7592 * @gfp: allocation flags 7593 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7594 * 7595 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7596 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7597 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7598 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7599 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7600 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7601 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7602 */ 7603 static inline void 7604 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7605 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7606 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7607 { 7608 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7609 gfp, timeout_reason); 7610 } 7611 7612 /** 7613 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7614 * 7615 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7616 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7617 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7618 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7619 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7620 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7621 * Otherwise zero. 7622 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7623 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7624 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7625 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7626 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7627 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7628 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7629 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7630 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7631 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7632 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7633 */ 7634 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7635 const u8 *req_ie; 7636 size_t req_ie_len; 7637 const u8 *resp_ie; 7638 size_t resp_ie_len; 7639 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7640 7641 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7642 u16 valid_links; 7643 struct { 7644 const u8 *addr; 7645 const u8 *bssid; 7646 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7647 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7648 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7649 }; 7650 7651 /** 7652 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7653 * 7654 * @dev: network device 7655 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7656 * @gfp: allocation flags 7657 * 7658 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7659 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7660 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7661 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7662 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7663 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7664 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7665 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7666 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7667 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7668 */ 7669 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7670 gfp_t gfp); 7671 7672 /** 7673 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7674 * 7675 * @dev: network device 7676 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7677 * @gfp: allocation flags 7678 * 7679 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7680 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7681 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7682 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7683 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7684 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7685 */ 7686 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7687 gfp_t gfp); 7688 7689 /** 7690 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7691 * 7692 * @dev: network device 7693 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7694 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7695 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7696 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7697 * @gfp: allocation flags 7698 * 7699 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7700 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7701 */ 7702 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7703 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7704 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7705 7706 /** 7707 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7708 * @wdev: wireless device 7709 * @cookie: the request cookie 7710 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7711 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7712 * channel 7713 * @gfp: allocation flags 7714 */ 7715 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7716 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7717 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7718 7719 /** 7720 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7721 * @wdev: wireless device 7722 * @cookie: the request cookie 7723 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7724 * @gfp: allocation flags 7725 */ 7726 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7727 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7728 gfp_t gfp); 7729 7730 /** 7731 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7732 * @wdev: wireless device 7733 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7734 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7735 * @gfp: allocation flags 7736 */ 7737 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7738 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7739 7740 /** 7741 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7742 * 7743 * @sinfo: the station information 7744 * @gfp: allocation flags 7745 */ 7746 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7747 7748 /** 7749 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7750 * @sinfo: the station information 7751 * 7752 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7753 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7754 * the stack.) 7755 */ 7756 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7757 { 7758 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7759 } 7760 7761 /** 7762 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7763 * 7764 * @dev: the netdev 7765 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7766 * @sinfo: the station information 7767 * @gfp: allocation flags 7768 */ 7769 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7770 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7771 7772 /** 7773 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7774 * @dev: the netdev 7775 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7776 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7777 * @gfp: allocation flags 7778 */ 7779 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7780 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7781 7782 /** 7783 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7784 * 7785 * @dev: the netdev 7786 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7787 * @gfp: allocation flags 7788 */ 7789 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7790 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7791 { 7792 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7793 } 7794 7795 /** 7796 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7797 * 7798 * @dev: the netdev 7799 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7800 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7801 * @gfp: allocation flags 7802 * 7803 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7804 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7805 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7806 * 7807 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7808 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7809 */ 7810 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7811 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7812 gfp_t gfp); 7813 7814 /** 7815 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 7816 * 7817 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 7818 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7819 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 7820 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 7821 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 7822 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7823 * @len: length of the frame data 7824 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7825 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 7826 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 7827 */ 7828 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 7829 int freq; 7830 int sig_dbm; 7831 bool have_link_id; 7832 u8 link_id; 7833 const u8 *buf; 7834 size_t len; 7835 u32 flags; 7836 u64 rx_tstamp; 7837 u64 ack_tstamp; 7838 }; 7839 7840 /** 7841 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 7842 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7843 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 7844 * 7845 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7846 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7847 * 7848 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7849 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7850 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7851 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7852 */ 7853 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7854 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 7855 7856 /** 7857 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7858 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7859 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7860 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7861 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7862 * @len: length of the frame data 7863 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7864 * 7865 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7866 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7867 * 7868 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7869 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7870 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7871 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7872 */ 7873 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7874 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7875 u32 flags) 7876 { 7877 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 7878 .freq = freq, 7879 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 7880 .buf = buf, 7881 .len = len, 7882 .flags = flags 7883 }; 7884 7885 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 7886 } 7887 7888 /** 7889 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7890 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7891 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7892 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7893 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7894 * @len: length of the frame data 7895 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7896 * 7897 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7898 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7899 * 7900 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7901 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7902 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7903 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7904 */ 7905 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7906 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7907 u32 flags) 7908 { 7909 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 7910 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7911 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 7912 .buf = buf, 7913 .len = len, 7914 .flags = flags 7915 }; 7916 7917 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 7918 } 7919 7920 /** 7921 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 7922 * 7923 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7924 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 7925 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 7926 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7927 * @len: length of the frame data 7928 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7929 */ 7930 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 7931 u64 cookie; 7932 u64 tx_tstamp; 7933 u64 ack_tstamp; 7934 const u8 *buf; 7935 size_t len; 7936 bool ack; 7937 }; 7938 7939 /** 7940 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 7941 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7942 * @status: TX status data 7943 * @gfp: context flags 7944 * 7945 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7946 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7947 * transmission attempt with extended info. 7948 */ 7949 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7950 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 7951 7952 /** 7953 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7954 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7955 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7956 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7957 * @len: length of the frame data 7958 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7959 * @gfp: context flags 7960 * 7961 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7962 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7963 * transmission attempt. 7964 */ 7965 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7966 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 7967 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 7968 { 7969 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 7970 .cookie = cookie, 7971 .buf = buf, 7972 .len = len, 7973 .ack = ack 7974 }; 7975 7976 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 7977 } 7978 7979 /** 7980 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7981 * port frames 7982 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7983 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7984 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7985 * @len: length of the frame data 7986 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7987 * @gfp: context flags 7988 * 7989 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7990 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7991 * the transmission attempt. 7992 */ 7993 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7994 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7995 gfp_t gfp); 7996 7997 /** 7998 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7999 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8000 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8001 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8002 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8003 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8004 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8005 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8006 * 8007 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8008 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8009 * control port frames over nl80211. 8010 * 8011 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8012 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8013 * 8014 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8015 */ 8016 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 8017 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 8018 8019 /** 8020 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8021 * @dev: network device 8022 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8023 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8024 * @gfp: context flags 8025 * 8026 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8027 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8028 */ 8029 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8030 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8031 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8032 8033 /** 8034 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8035 * @dev: network device 8036 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8037 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8038 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8039 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8040 * @gfp: context flags 8041 */ 8042 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8043 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8044 8045 /** 8046 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8047 * @dev: network device 8048 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8049 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8050 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8051 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8052 * @gfp: context flags 8053 * 8054 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8055 * given interval is exceeded. 8056 */ 8057 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8058 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8059 8060 /** 8061 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8062 * @dev: network device 8063 * @gfp: context flags 8064 * 8065 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8066 */ 8067 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8068 8069 /** 8070 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8071 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8072 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8073 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8074 * @gfp: context flags 8075 * 8076 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8077 */ 8078 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8079 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8080 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8081 8082 static inline void 8083 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8084 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8085 gfp_t gfp) 8086 { 8087 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8088 } 8089 8090 static inline void 8091 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8092 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8093 gfp_t gfp) 8094 { 8095 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8096 } 8097 8098 /** 8099 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8100 * @dev: network device 8101 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8102 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8103 * @gfp: context flags 8104 * 8105 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8106 * frame. 8107 */ 8108 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8109 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8110 gfp_t gfp); 8111 8112 /** 8113 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8114 * @netdev: network device 8115 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8116 * @event: type of event 8117 * @gfp: context flags 8118 * 8119 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8120 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8121 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8122 */ 8123 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8124 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8125 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8126 8127 /** 8128 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8129 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8130 * 8131 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8132 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8133 */ 8134 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8135 8136 /** 8137 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8138 * @dev: network device 8139 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8140 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8141 * @gfp: allocation flags 8142 */ 8143 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8144 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8145 8146 /** 8147 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8148 * @dev: network device 8149 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8150 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8151 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8152 * @gfp: allocation flags 8153 */ 8154 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8155 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8156 8157 /** 8158 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8159 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8160 * @addr: the transmitter address 8161 * @gfp: context flags 8162 * 8163 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8164 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8165 * sender. 8166 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8167 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8168 */ 8169 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8170 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8171 8172 /** 8173 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8174 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8175 * @addr: the transmitter address 8176 * @gfp: context flags 8177 * 8178 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8179 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8180 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8181 * station to avoid event flooding. 8182 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8183 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8184 */ 8185 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8186 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8187 8188 /** 8189 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8190 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8191 * @addr: the address of the peer 8192 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8193 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8194 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8195 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8196 * @gfp: allocation flags 8197 */ 8198 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8199 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8200 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8201 8202 /** 8203 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8204 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8205 * @frame: the frame 8206 * @len: length of the frame 8207 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8208 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8209 * 8210 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8211 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8212 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8213 */ 8214 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8215 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8216 8217 /** 8218 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8219 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8220 * @frame: the frame 8221 * @len: length of the frame 8222 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8223 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8224 * 8225 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8226 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8227 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8228 */ 8229 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8230 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8231 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8232 { 8233 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8234 sig_dbm); 8235 } 8236 8237 /** 8238 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8239 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8240 * @chandef: the channel definition 8241 * @iftype: interface type 8242 * 8243 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8244 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8245 */ 8246 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8247 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8248 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8249 8250 /** 8251 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8252 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8253 * @chandef: the channel definition 8254 * @iftype: interface type 8255 * 8256 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8257 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8258 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8259 * more permissive conditions. 8260 * 8261 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8262 */ 8263 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8264 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8265 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8266 8267 /* 8268 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8269 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8270 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8271 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8272 * 8273 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8274 * driver context! 8275 */ 8276 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8277 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8278 unsigned int link_id); 8279 8280 /* 8281 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8282 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8283 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8284 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8285 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8286 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8287 * 8288 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8289 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8290 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8291 */ 8292 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8293 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8294 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8295 bool quiet); 8296 8297 /** 8298 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8299 * 8300 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8301 * @band: band pointer to fill 8302 * 8303 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8304 */ 8305 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8306 enum nl80211_band *band); 8307 8308 /** 8309 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8310 * 8311 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8312 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8313 * 8314 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8315 */ 8316 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8317 u8 *op_class); 8318 8319 /** 8320 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8321 * 8322 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8323 * 8324 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8325 */ 8326 static inline u32 8327 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8328 { 8329 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8330 } 8331 8332 /* 8333 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8334 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8335 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8336 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8337 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8338 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8339 * @gfp: allocation flags 8340 * 8341 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8342 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8343 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8344 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8345 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8346 */ 8347 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8348 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8349 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8350 8351 /* 8352 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8353 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8354 * 8355 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8356 */ 8357 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8358 8359 /** 8360 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8361 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8362 * 8363 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8364 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8365 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8366 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8367 * is unbound from the driver. 8368 * 8369 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8370 */ 8371 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8372 8373 /** 8374 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8375 * @dev: the netdev to register 8376 * 8377 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8378 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8379 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8380 * instead as well. 8381 * 8382 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8383 */ 8384 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8385 8386 /** 8387 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8388 * @dev: the netdev to register 8389 * 8390 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8391 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8392 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8393 * usable instead as well. 8394 * 8395 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8396 */ 8397 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8398 { 8399 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8400 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8401 #endif 8402 } 8403 8404 /** 8405 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8406 * @ies: FT IEs 8407 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8408 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8409 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8410 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8411 */ 8412 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8413 const u8 *ies; 8414 size_t ies_len; 8415 const u8 *target_ap; 8416 const u8 *ric_ies; 8417 size_t ric_ies_len; 8418 }; 8419 8420 /** 8421 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8422 * @netdev: network device 8423 * @ft_event: IE information 8424 */ 8425 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8426 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8427 8428 /** 8429 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8430 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8431 * @len: the input length 8432 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8433 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8434 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8435 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8436 * 8437 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8438 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8439 * 8440 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8441 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8442 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8443 */ 8444 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8445 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8446 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8447 8448 /** 8449 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8450 * @ies: the IE buffer 8451 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8452 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8453 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8454 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8455 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8456 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8457 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8458 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8459 * 8460 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8461 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8462 * split. 8463 * 8464 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8465 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8466 * 8467 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8468 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8469 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8470 * 8471 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8472 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8473 * of the buffer should be used. 8474 */ 8475 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8476 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8477 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8478 size_t offset); 8479 8480 /** 8481 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8482 * @ies: the IE buffer 8483 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8484 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8485 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8486 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8487 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8488 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8489 * 8490 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8491 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8492 * split. 8493 * 8494 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8495 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8496 * 8497 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8498 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8499 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8500 * 8501 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8502 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8503 * of the buffer should be used. 8504 */ 8505 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8506 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8507 { 8508 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8509 } 8510 8511 /** 8512 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8513 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8514 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8515 * @gfp: allocation flags 8516 * 8517 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8518 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8519 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8520 * else caused the wakeup. 8521 */ 8522 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8523 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8524 gfp_t gfp); 8525 8526 /** 8527 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8528 * 8529 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8530 * @gfp: allocation flags 8531 * 8532 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8533 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8534 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8535 */ 8536 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8537 8538 /** 8539 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8540 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8541 * 8542 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8543 */ 8544 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8545 8546 /** 8547 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8548 * 8549 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8550 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8551 * 8552 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8553 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8554 * the interface combinations. 8555 */ 8556 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8557 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8558 8559 /** 8560 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8561 * 8562 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8563 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8564 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8565 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8566 * 8567 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8568 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8569 * purposes. 8570 */ 8571 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8572 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8573 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8574 void *data), 8575 void *data); 8576 8577 /* 8578 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8579 * 8580 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8581 * @wdev: wireless device 8582 * @gfp: context flags 8583 * 8584 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8585 * disconnected. 8586 * 8587 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8588 */ 8589 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8590 gfp_t gfp); 8591 8592 /** 8593 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8594 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8595 * 8596 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8597 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8598 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8599 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8600 * 8601 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8602 * the driver while the function is running. 8603 */ 8604 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8605 8606 /** 8607 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8608 * 8609 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8610 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8611 * 8612 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8613 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8614 */ 8615 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8616 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8617 { 8618 u8 *ft_byte; 8619 8620 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8621 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8622 } 8623 8624 /** 8625 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8626 * 8627 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8628 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8629 * 8630 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8631 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8632 */ 8633 static inline bool 8634 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8635 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8636 { 8637 u8 ft_byte; 8638 8639 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8640 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8641 } 8642 8643 /** 8644 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8645 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8646 * 8647 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8648 */ 8649 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8650 8651 /** 8652 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8653 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8654 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8655 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8656 * result. 8657 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8658 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8659 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8660 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8661 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8662 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8663 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8664 */ 8665 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8666 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8667 u8 inst_id; 8668 u8 peer_inst_id; 8669 const u8 *addr; 8670 u8 info_len; 8671 const u8 *info; 8672 u64 cookie; 8673 }; 8674 8675 /** 8676 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8677 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8678 * @match: match notification parameters 8679 * @gfp: allocation flags 8680 * 8681 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8682 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8683 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8684 */ 8685 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8686 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8687 8688 /** 8689 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8690 * 8691 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8692 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8693 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8694 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8695 * @gfp: allocation flags 8696 * 8697 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8698 */ 8699 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8700 u8 inst_id, 8701 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8702 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8703 8704 /* ethtool helper */ 8705 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8706 8707 /** 8708 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8709 * @netdev: network device 8710 * @params: External authentication parameters 8711 * @gfp: allocation flags 8712 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8713 */ 8714 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8715 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8716 gfp_t gfp); 8717 8718 /** 8719 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8720 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8721 * @req: the original measurement request 8722 * @result: the result data 8723 * @gfp: allocation flags 8724 */ 8725 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8726 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8727 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8728 gfp_t gfp); 8729 8730 /** 8731 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8732 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8733 * @req: the original measurement request 8734 * @gfp: allocation flags 8735 * 8736 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8737 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8738 */ 8739 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8740 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8741 gfp_t gfp); 8742 8743 /** 8744 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8745 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8746 * @iftype: interface type 8747 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8748 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8749 * 8750 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8751 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8752 * check_swif is '1'. 8753 */ 8754 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8755 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8756 8757 8758 /** 8759 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8760 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8761 * @netdev: network device 8762 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation 8763 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8764 * 8765 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8766 */ 8767 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8768 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 8769 8770 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8771 8772 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8773 8774 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8775 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8776 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8777 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8778 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8779 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8780 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8781 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8782 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8783 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8784 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8785 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8786 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8787 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8788 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8789 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8790 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8791 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8792 8793 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8794 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8795 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8796 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8797 8798 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8799 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8800 8801 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8802 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8803 8804 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8805 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8806 #else 8807 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8808 ({ \ 8809 if (0) \ 8810 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8811 0; \ 8812 }) 8813 #endif 8814 8815 /* 8816 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8817 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8818 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8819 */ 8820 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8821 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8822 8823 /** 8824 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8825 * @netdev: network device 8826 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8827 * @gfp: allocation flags 8828 */ 8829 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8830 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8831 gfp_t gfp); 8832 8833 /** 8834 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8835 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8836 */ 8837 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8838 8839 /** 8840 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8841 * @dev: network device 8842 * @gfp: allocation flags 8843 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8844 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8845 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8846 */ 8847 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, 8848 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8849 u64 color_bitmap); 8850 8851 /** 8852 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8853 * @dev: network device 8854 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8855 * @gfp: allocation flags 8856 */ 8857 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8858 u64 color_bitmap, gfp_t gfp) 8859 { 8860 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, gfp, 8861 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8862 0, color_bitmap); 8863 } 8864 8865 /** 8866 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8867 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8868 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8869 * 8870 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8871 */ 8872 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8873 u8 count) 8874 { 8875 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8876 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8877 count, 0); 8878 } 8879 8880 /** 8881 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8882 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8883 * 8884 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8885 */ 8886 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8887 { 8888 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8889 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8890 0, 0); 8891 } 8892 8893 /** 8894 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8895 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8896 * 8897 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8898 */ 8899 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8900 { 8901 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8902 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8903 0, 0); 8904 } 8905 8906 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8907